1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowTemplates && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 256 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 257 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 258 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 259 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 260 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 261 262 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 263 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 264 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 265 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 266 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 267 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 268 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 269 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 270 271 if (!LookupCtx) { 272 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 273 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 274 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 275 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 276 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 277 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 278 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 279 // 280 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 281 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 282 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 283 return nullptr; 284 285 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 286 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 287 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 288 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 289 290 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 291 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 292 II, NameLoc); 293 return ParsedType::make(T); 294 } 295 296 return nullptr; 297 } 298 299 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 300 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 301 return nullptr; 302 } 303 304 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 305 // lookup for class-names. 306 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 307 LookupOrdinaryName; 308 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 309 if (LookupCtx) { 310 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 311 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 312 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 313 // nested-name-specifier. 314 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 315 316 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 317 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 318 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 319 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 320 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 321 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 322 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 323 LookupName(Result, S); 324 } 325 } else { 326 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 327 LookupName(Result, S); 328 329 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 330 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 331 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 332 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 333 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 334 return TypeInBase; 335 } 336 } 337 338 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 339 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 340 case LookupResult::NotFound: 341 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 342 if (CorrectedII) { 343 TypoCorrection Correction = 344 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 345 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 346 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), 347 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 348 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 349 TemplateTy Template; 350 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 351 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 352 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 353 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 354 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 355 if (SS && NNS) { 356 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 357 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 358 } 359 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 360 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 361 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 362 // is handled elsewhere). 363 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 364 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 365 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 366 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 367 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 368 IsCtorOrDtorName, 369 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 370 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 371 if (Ty) { 372 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 373 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 374 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 375 if (SS && NNS) 376 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 377 *CorrectedII = NewII; 378 return Ty; 379 } 380 } 381 } 382 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 383 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 384 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 385 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 386 return nullptr; 387 388 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 389 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 390 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 391 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 392 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 393 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 394 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 395 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 396 return nullptr; 397 } 398 399 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 400 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 401 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 402 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 403 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 404 if (!IIDecl || 405 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 406 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 407 IIDecl = *Res; 408 } 409 } 410 411 if (!IIDecl) { 412 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 413 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 414 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 415 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 416 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 417 // a type name. 418 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 419 return nullptr; 420 } 421 422 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 423 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 424 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 425 // perform the name lookup again. 426 break; 427 428 case LookupResult::Found: 429 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 430 break; 431 } 432 433 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 434 435 QualType T; 436 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 437 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 438 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 439 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 440 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 441 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 442 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 443 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 444 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 445 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 446 << &II << /*Type*/1; 447 448 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 449 450 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 451 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 452 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 453 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 454 if (!HasTrailingDot) 455 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 456 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 457 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 458 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 459 QualType(), false); 460 } 461 462 if (T.isNull()) { 463 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 464 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 465 return nullptr; 466 } 467 468 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 469 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 470 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 471 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 472 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 473 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 474 // Construct a type with type-source information. 475 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 476 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 477 478 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 479 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 480 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 481 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 482 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 483 } else { 484 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 485 } 486 } 487 488 return ParsedType::make(T); 489 } 490 491 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 492 static NestedNameSpecifier * 493 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 494 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 495 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 496 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 497 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 498 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 499 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 500 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 501 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 502 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 503 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 504 } 505 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 506 } 507 508 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 509 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 510 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 511 /// correctly rejects. 512 static const CXXRecordDecl * 513 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 514 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 515 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 516 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 517 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 518 return MD->getParent(); 519 } 520 return nullptr; 521 } 522 523 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 524 SourceLocation NameLoc, 525 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 526 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 527 528 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 529 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 530 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 531 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 532 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 533 // lookup is retried. 534 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 535 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 536 // name specifiers. 537 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 538 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 539 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 540 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 541 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 542 // instantiation time. 543 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 544 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 545 546 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 547 // template instantiation. 548 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 549 << RD; 550 } else { 551 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 552 return ParsedType(); 553 } 554 555 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 556 557 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 558 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 559 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 560 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 561 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 562 563 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 564 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 565 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 566 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 567 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 568 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 569 } 570 571 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 572 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 573 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 574 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 575 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 576 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 577 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 578 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 579 LookupName(R, S, false); 580 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 581 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 582 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 583 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 584 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 585 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 586 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 587 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 588 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 589 } 590 } 591 592 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 593 } 594 595 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 596 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 597 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 598 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 599 /// @code 600 /// template<class T> class A { 601 /// public: 602 /// typedef int TYPE; 603 /// }; 604 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 605 /// public: 606 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 607 /// }; 608 /// @endcode 609 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 610 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 611 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 612 return true; 613 614 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 615 616 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 617 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 618 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 619 return true; 620 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 621 } 622 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 623 } 624 625 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 626 SourceLocation IILoc, 627 Scope *S, 628 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 629 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 630 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 631 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 632 SuggestedType = nullptr; 633 634 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 635 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 636 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 637 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 638 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 639 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 640 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 641 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 642 // We corrected to a keyword. 643 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 644 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 645 } else { 646 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 647 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 648 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 649 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 650 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 651 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 652 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 653 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 654 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 655 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 656 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 657 } else { 658 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 659 } 660 661 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 662 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 663 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 664 SourceRange(IILoc)); 665 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 666 SuggestedType = 667 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 668 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 669 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 670 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 671 } 672 return; 673 } 674 675 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 676 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 677 UnqualifiedId Name; 678 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 679 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 680 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 681 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 682 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 683 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 684 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 685 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 686 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) 687 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName; 688 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 689 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 690 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 691 } 692 return; 693 } 694 } 695 696 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 697 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 698 699 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 700 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 701 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 702 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 703 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 704 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 705 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 706 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 707 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 708 709 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 710 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 711 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 712 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 713 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 714 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 715 } else { 716 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 717 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 718 } 719 } 720 721 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 722 /// or 723 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 724 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 725 NextToken.is(tok::less); 726 727 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 728 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 729 return true; 730 731 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 732 return true; 733 } 734 735 return false; 736 } 737 738 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 739 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 740 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 741 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 742 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 743 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 744 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 745 StringRef FixItTagName; 746 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 747 case TTK_Class: 748 FixItTagName = "class "; 749 break; 750 751 case TTK_Enum: 752 FixItTagName = "enum "; 753 break; 754 755 case TTK_Struct: 756 FixItTagName = "struct "; 757 break; 758 759 case TTK_Interface: 760 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 761 break; 762 763 case TTK_Union: 764 FixItTagName = "union "; 765 break; 766 } 767 768 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 769 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 770 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 771 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 772 773 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 774 I != IEnd; ++I) 775 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 776 << Name << TagName; 777 778 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 779 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 780 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 781 return true; 782 } 783 784 return false; 785 } 786 787 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 788 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 789 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 790 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 791 792 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 793 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 794 795 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 796 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 797 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 798 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 799 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 800 } 801 802 Sema::NameClassification 803 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 804 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 805 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 806 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 807 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 808 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 809 810 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 811 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 812 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 813 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 814 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 815 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 816 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 817 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 818 // will reject it later. 819 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 820 } 821 822 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 823 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 824 825 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 826 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 827 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 828 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 829 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 830 return TypeInBase; 831 } 832 833 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 834 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 835 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 836 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 837 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 838 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 839 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 840 return E; 841 } 842 843 bool SecondTry = false; 844 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 845 846 Corrected: 847 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 848 case LookupResult::NotFound: 849 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 850 // call. 851 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 852 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 853 // FIXME: Reference? 854 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 855 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 856 857 // C90 6.3.2.2: 858 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 859 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 860 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 861 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 862 // the function call, the declaration 863 // 864 // extern int identifier (); 865 // 866 // appeared. 867 // 868 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 869 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 870 Result.addDecl(D); 871 Result.resolveKind(); 872 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 873 } 874 } 875 876 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 877 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 878 // "struct", or "union". 879 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 880 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 881 break; 882 } 883 884 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 885 // close to this name. 886 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 887 SecondTry = true; 888 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 889 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 890 &SS, std::move(CCC), 891 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 892 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 893 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 894 895 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 896 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 897 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 898 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 899 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 900 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 901 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 902 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 903 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 904 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 905 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 906 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 907 } 908 909 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 910 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 911 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 912 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 913 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 914 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 915 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 916 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 917 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 918 } 919 920 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 921 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 922 923 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 924 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 925 return Name; 926 927 // Also update the LookupResult... 928 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 929 Result.clear(); 930 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 931 if (FirstDecl) 932 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 933 934 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 935 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 936 // reference the ivar. 937 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 938 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 939 Result.clear(); 940 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 941 return E; 942 } 943 944 goto Corrected; 945 } 946 } 947 948 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 949 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 950 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 951 952 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 953 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 954 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 955 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 956 957 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 958 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 959 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 960 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 961 // qualified by the keyword typename. 962 // 963 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 964 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 965 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 966 // keyword here. 967 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 968 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 969 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 970 } 971 972 case LookupResult::Found: 973 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 974 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 975 break; 976 977 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 978 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 979 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 980 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 981 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 982 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 983 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 984 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 985 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 986 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 987 // ambiguous. 988 // 989 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 990 // so try again after filtering out template names. 991 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 992 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 993 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 994 break; 995 } 996 } 997 998 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 999 return NameClassification::Error(); 1000 } 1001 1002 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1003 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 1004 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1005 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1006 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1007 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1008 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1009 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1010 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1011 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1012 1013 if (!Result.empty()) { 1014 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1015 bool IsVarTemplate; 1016 TemplateName Template; 1017 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1018 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1019 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1020 Result.end()); 1021 } else { 1022 TemplateDecl *TD 1023 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1024 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1025 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1026 1027 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1028 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1029 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 1030 TD); 1031 else 1032 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1033 } 1034 1035 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1036 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1037 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1038 // to based on which function we selected. 1039 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1040 1041 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1042 } 1043 1044 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1045 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1046 } 1047 } 1048 1049 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1050 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1051 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1052 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1053 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1054 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1055 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1056 return ParsedType::make(T); 1057 } 1058 1059 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1060 if (!Class) { 1061 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1062 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1063 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1064 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1065 } 1066 1067 if (Class) { 1068 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1069 1070 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1071 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1072 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1073 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1074 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1075 } 1076 1077 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1078 return ParsedType::make(T); 1079 } 1080 1081 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1082 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1083 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1084 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1085 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1086 1087 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1088 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1089 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1090 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1091 (NextIsOp && 1092 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1093 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1094 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1095 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1096 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1097 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1098 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1099 return ParsedType::make(T); 1100 } 1101 1102 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1103 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1104 nullptr, S); 1105 1106 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1107 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1108 } 1109 1110 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1111 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1112 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1113 if (!TD) 1114 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1115 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1116 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1117 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1118 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1119 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1120 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1121 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1122 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1123 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1124 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1125 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1126 } 1127 1128 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1129 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1130 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1131 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1132 1133 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1134 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1135 // the context we'll need to return to. 1136 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1137 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1138 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1139 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1140 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1141 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1142 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1143 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1144 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1145 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1146 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1147 1148 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1149 // lexical context. 1150 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1151 return DC; 1152 1153 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1154 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1155 // class is the context we need to return to. 1156 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1157 DC = RD; 1158 1159 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1160 // declared in. 1161 return DC; 1162 } 1163 1164 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1165 } 1166 1167 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1168 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1169 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1170 CurContext = DC; 1171 S->setEntity(DC); 1172 } 1173 1174 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1175 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1176 1177 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1178 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1179 } 1180 1181 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1182 Decl *D) { 1183 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1184 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1185 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1186 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1187 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1188 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1189 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1190 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1191 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1192 return Result; 1193 } 1194 1195 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1196 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1197 } 1198 1199 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1200 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1201 /// 1202 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1203 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1204 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1205 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1206 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1207 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1208 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1209 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1210 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1211 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1212 // namespace. 1213 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1214 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1215 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1216 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1217 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1218 1219 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1220 1221 #ifndef NDEBUG 1222 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1223 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1224 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1225 #endif 1226 1227 CurContext = DC; 1228 S->setEntity(DC); 1229 } 1230 1231 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1232 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1233 1234 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1235 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1236 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1237 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1238 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1239 1240 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1241 // disappear. 1242 } 1243 1244 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1245 // We assume that the caller has already called 1246 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1247 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1248 if (!FD) 1249 return; 1250 1251 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1252 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1253 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1254 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1255 CurContext = FD; 1256 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1257 1258 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1259 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1260 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1261 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1262 S->AddDecl(Param); 1263 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1264 } 1265 } 1266 } 1267 1268 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1269 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1270 // rather than the top-level class. 1271 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1272 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1273 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1274 } 1275 1276 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1277 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1278 /// 1279 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1280 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1281 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1282 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1283 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1284 /// attribute. 1285 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1286 ASTContext &Context) { 1287 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1288 return true; 1289 1290 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1291 return true; 1292 1293 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1294 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1295 } 1296 1297 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1298 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1299 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1300 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1301 // scope. 1302 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1303 S = S->getParent(); 1304 1305 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1306 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1307 // into any context. 1308 if (AddToContext) 1309 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1310 1311 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1312 // are function-local declarations. 1313 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1314 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1315 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1316 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1317 return; 1318 1319 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1320 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1321 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1322 return; 1323 1324 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1325 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1326 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1327 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1328 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1329 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1330 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1331 1332 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1333 break; 1334 } 1335 } 1336 1337 S->AddDecl(D); 1338 1339 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1340 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1341 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1342 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1343 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1344 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1345 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1346 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1347 continue; 1348 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1349 break; 1350 } 1351 1352 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1353 } else { 1354 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1355 } 1356 } 1357 1358 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1359 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1360 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1361 } 1362 1363 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1364 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1365 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1366 } 1367 1368 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1369 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1370 do { 1371 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1372 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1373 return S; 1374 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1375 1376 return nullptr; 1377 } 1378 1379 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1380 DeclContext*, 1381 ASTContext&); 1382 1383 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1384 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1385 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1386 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1387 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1388 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1389 while (F.hasNext()) { 1390 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1391 1392 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1393 continue; 1394 1395 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1396 continue; 1397 1398 F.erase(); 1399 } 1400 1401 F.done(); 1402 } 1403 1404 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1405 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1406 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1407 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1408 } 1409 1410 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1411 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1412 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1413 while (F.hasNext()) 1414 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1415 F.erase(); 1416 1417 F.done(); 1418 } 1419 1420 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1421 /// @code 1422 /// class S { 1423 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1424 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1425 /// }; 1426 /// @endcode 1427 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1428 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1429 // the decl here. 1430 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1431 return false; 1432 1433 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1434 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1435 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1436 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1437 return false; 1438 } 1439 1440 // We need this to handle 1441 // 1442 // typedef struct { 1443 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1444 // } A; 1445 // 1446 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1447 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1448 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1449 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1450 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1451 // not. 1452 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1453 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1454 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1455 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1456 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1457 return true; 1458 } 1459 DC = DC->getParent(); 1460 } 1461 1462 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1463 } 1464 1465 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1466 // these semantics. 1467 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1468 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1469 return false; 1470 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1471 } 1472 1473 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1474 assert(D); 1475 1476 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1477 return false; 1478 1479 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1480 // of members of class templates. 1481 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1482 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1483 return false; 1484 1485 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1486 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1487 return false; 1488 1489 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1490 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1491 return false; 1492 } else { 1493 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1494 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1495 return false; 1496 } 1497 1498 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1499 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1500 return false; 1501 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1502 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1503 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1504 // like "inline".) 1505 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1506 return false; 1507 1508 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1509 return false; 1510 1511 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1512 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1513 return false; 1514 1515 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1516 return false; 1517 } else { 1518 return false; 1519 } 1520 1521 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1522 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1523 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1524 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1525 } 1526 1527 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1528 if (!D) 1529 return; 1530 1531 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1532 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1533 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1534 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1535 } 1536 1537 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1538 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1539 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1540 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1541 } 1542 1543 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1544 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1545 } 1546 1547 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1548 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1549 return false; 1550 1551 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1552 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1553 return false; 1554 1555 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1556 return true; 1557 1558 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1559 // functions. 1560 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1561 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1562 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1563 WithinFunction = 1564 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1565 if (!WithinFunction) 1566 return false; 1567 1568 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1569 return true; 1570 1571 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1572 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1573 return false; 1574 1575 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1576 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1577 1578 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1579 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1580 1581 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1582 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1583 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1584 return false; 1585 } 1586 1587 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1588 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1589 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1590 return false; 1591 1592 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1593 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1594 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1595 1596 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1597 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1598 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1599 return false; 1600 1601 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1602 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1603 return false; 1604 1605 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1606 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1607 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1608 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1609 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1610 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1611 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1612 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1613 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1614 return false; 1615 } 1616 } 1617 } 1618 } 1619 1620 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1621 } 1622 1623 return true; 1624 } 1625 1626 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1627 FixItHint &Hint) { 1628 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1629 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1630 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1631 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1632 return; 1633 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1634 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1635 } 1636 } 1637 1638 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1639 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1640 return; 1641 1642 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1643 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1644 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1645 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1646 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1647 } 1648 } 1649 1650 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1651 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1652 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1653 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1654 return; 1655 1656 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1657 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1658 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1659 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1660 return; 1661 } 1662 1663 FixItHint Hint; 1664 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1665 1666 unsigned DiagID; 1667 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1668 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1669 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1670 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1671 else 1672 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1673 1674 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1675 } 1676 1677 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1678 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1679 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1680 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1681 // MS inline assembly label name. 1682 bool Diagnose = false; 1683 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1684 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1685 else 1686 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1687 if (Diagnose) 1688 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1689 } 1690 1691 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1692 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1693 1694 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1695 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1696 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1697 1698 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1699 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1700 1701 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1702 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1703 1704 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1705 1706 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1707 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1708 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1709 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1710 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1711 } 1712 1713 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1714 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1715 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1716 1717 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1718 // already. 1719 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1720 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1721 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1722 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1723 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1724 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1725 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1726 } 1727 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1728 } 1729 } 1730 } 1731 1732 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1733 /// 1734 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1735 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1736 /// to the fixed name. 1737 /// 1738 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1739 /// 1740 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1741 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1742 /// 1743 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1744 /// class could not be found. 1745 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1746 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1747 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1748 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1749 // creation from this context. 1750 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1751 1752 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1753 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1754 // find an Objective-C class name. 1755 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1756 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1757 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1758 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1759 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1760 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1761 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1762 } 1763 } 1764 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1765 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1766 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1767 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1768 return Def; 1769 } 1770 1771 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1772 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1773 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1774 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1775 /// ill-formed in C++: 1776 /// @code 1777 /// struct S6 { 1778 /// enum { BAR } e; 1779 /// }; 1780 /// 1781 /// void test_S6() { 1782 /// struct S6 a; 1783 /// a.e = BAR; 1784 /// } 1785 /// @endcode 1786 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1787 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1788 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1789 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1790 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1791 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1792 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1793 /// contain non-field names. 1794 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1795 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1796 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1797 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1798 S = S->getParent(); 1799 return S; 1800 } 1801 1802 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1803 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1804 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1805 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1806 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1807 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1808 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1809 return; 1810 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1811 1812 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1813 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1814 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1815 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1816 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1817 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1818 } 1819 1820 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1821 switch (Error) { 1822 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1823 return ""; 1824 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1825 return "stdio.h"; 1826 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1827 return "setjmp.h"; 1828 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1829 return "ucontext.h"; 1830 } 1831 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1832 } 1833 1834 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1835 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1836 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1837 /// built-in. 1838 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1839 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1840 SourceLocation Loc) { 1841 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1842 1843 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1844 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1845 if (Error) { 1846 if (ForRedeclaration) 1847 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1848 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1849 return nullptr; 1850 } 1851 1852 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1853 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1854 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1855 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1856 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1857 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1858 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1859 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1860 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1861 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1862 } 1863 1864 if (R.isNull()) 1865 return nullptr; 1866 1867 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1868 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1869 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1870 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1871 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1872 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1873 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1874 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1875 } 1876 1877 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1878 Parent, 1879 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1880 SC_Extern, 1881 false, 1882 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1883 New->setImplicit(); 1884 1885 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1886 // FunctionDecl. 1887 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1888 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1889 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1890 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1891 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1892 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1893 SC_None, nullptr); 1894 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1895 Params.push_back(parm); 1896 } 1897 New->setParams(Params); 1898 } 1899 1900 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1901 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1902 1903 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1904 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1905 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1906 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1907 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1908 CurContext = Parent; 1909 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1910 CurContext = SavedContext; 1911 return New; 1912 } 1913 1914 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1915 /// entity if their types are the same. 1916 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1917 /// isSameEntity. 1918 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1919 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1920 LookupResult &Previous) { 1921 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1922 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1923 return; 1924 1925 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1926 if (Previous.empty()) 1927 return; 1928 1929 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1930 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1931 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1932 1933 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1934 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1935 continue; 1936 1937 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1938 // different linkages. 1939 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1940 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1941 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1942 continue; 1943 1944 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1945 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1946 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1947 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1948 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1949 continue; 1950 } 1951 1952 Filter.erase(); 1953 } 1954 1955 Filter.done(); 1956 } 1957 1958 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1959 QualType OldType; 1960 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1961 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1962 else 1963 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1964 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1965 1966 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1967 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1968 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1969 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1970 << Kind << NewType; 1971 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1972 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1973 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1974 return true; 1975 } 1976 1977 if (OldType != NewType && 1978 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1979 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1980 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1981 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1982 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1983 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1984 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1985 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1986 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1987 return true; 1988 } 1989 return false; 1990 } 1991 1992 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1993 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1994 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1995 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1996 /// 1997 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1998 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1999 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2000 // merging checks. 2001 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2002 2003 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2004 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2005 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 2006 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2007 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2008 default: break; 2009 case 2: 2010 { 2011 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2012 break; 2013 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2014 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2015 break; 2016 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2017 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2018 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2019 break; 2020 } 2021 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2022 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2023 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2024 return; 2025 } 2026 case 5: 2027 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2028 break; 2029 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2030 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2031 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2032 return; 2033 case 3: 2034 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2035 break; 2036 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2037 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2038 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2039 return; 2040 } 2041 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2042 } 2043 2044 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2045 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2046 if (!Old) { 2047 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2048 << New->getDeclName(); 2049 2050 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2051 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2052 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2053 2054 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2055 } 2056 2057 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2058 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2059 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2060 2061 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2062 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2063 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2064 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2065 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2066 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2067 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2068 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2069 // instead of our tag. 2070 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2071 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2072 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2073 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2074 else 2075 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2076 2077 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2078 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2079 2080 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2081 // out of the scope. 2082 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2083 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2084 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2085 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2086 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2087 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2088 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2089 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2090 } 2091 } 2092 } 2093 } 2094 2095 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2096 // with any extensions enabled. 2097 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2098 return; 2099 2100 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2101 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2102 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2103 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2104 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2105 } 2106 2107 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2108 return; 2109 2110 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2111 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2112 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2113 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2114 // to the type to which it already refers. 2115 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2116 return; 2117 2118 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2119 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2120 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2121 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2122 // 2123 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2124 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2125 // 2126 // struct S { 2127 // typedef struct A { } A; 2128 // }; 2129 // 2130 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2131 // allow the above but disallow 2132 // 2133 // struct S { 2134 // typedef int I; 2135 // typedef int I; 2136 // }; 2137 // 2138 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2139 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2140 return; 2141 2142 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2143 << New->getDeclName(); 2144 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2145 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2146 } 2147 2148 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2149 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2150 return; 2151 2152 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2153 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2154 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2155 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2156 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2157 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2158 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2159 return; 2160 2161 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2162 << New->getDeclName(); 2163 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2164 } 2165 2166 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2167 /// attribute. 2168 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2169 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2170 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2171 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2172 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2173 if (Ann) { 2174 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2175 return true; 2176 continue; 2177 } 2178 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2179 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2180 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2181 return true; 2182 } 2183 2184 return false; 2185 } 2186 2187 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2188 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2189 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2190 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2191 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2192 return true; 2193 } 2194 2195 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2196 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2197 /// 2198 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2199 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2200 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2201 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2202 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2203 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2204 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2205 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2206 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2207 // in a case like: 2208 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2209 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2210 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2211 // definition in such a case. 2212 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2213 return false; 2214 2215 if (I->isAlignas()) 2216 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2217 2218 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2219 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2220 OldAlign = Align; 2221 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2222 } 2223 } 2224 2225 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2226 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2227 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2228 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2229 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2230 return false; 2231 2232 if (I->isAlignas()) 2233 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2234 2235 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2236 if (Align > NewAlign) 2237 NewAlign = Align; 2238 } 2239 2240 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2241 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2242 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2243 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2244 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2245 2246 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2247 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2248 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2249 QualType Ty; 2250 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2251 Ty = VD->getType(); 2252 else 2253 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2254 2255 if (OldAlign == 0) 2256 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2257 if (NewAlign == 0) 2258 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2259 } 2260 2261 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2262 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2263 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2264 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2265 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2266 } 2267 } 2268 2269 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2270 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2271 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2272 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2273 // equivalent alignment. 2274 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2275 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2276 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2277 // have no alignment specifier. 2278 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2279 << OldAlignasAttr; 2280 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2281 << OldAlignasAttr; 2282 } 2283 2284 bool AnyAdded = false; 2285 2286 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2287 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2288 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2289 Clone->setInherited(true); 2290 New->addAttr(Clone); 2291 AnyAdded = true; 2292 } 2293 2294 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2295 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2296 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2297 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2298 Clone->setInherited(true); 2299 New->addAttr(Clone); 2300 AnyAdded = true; 2301 } 2302 2303 return AnyAdded; 2304 } 2305 2306 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2307 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2308 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2309 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2310 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2311 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2312 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2313 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2314 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2315 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2316 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2317 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2318 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2319 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2320 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2321 AA->getDeprecated(), 2322 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2323 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2324 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2325 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2326 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2327 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2328 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2329 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2330 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2331 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2332 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2333 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2334 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2335 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2336 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2337 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2338 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2339 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2340 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2341 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2342 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2343 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2344 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2345 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2346 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2347 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2348 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2349 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2350 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2351 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2352 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2353 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2354 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2355 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2356 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2357 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2358 return false; 2359 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2360 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2361 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2362 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2363 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2364 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2365 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2366 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2367 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2368 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2369 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2370 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2371 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2372 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2373 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2374 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2375 NewAttr = nullptr; 2376 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2377 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2378 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2379 NewAttr = nullptr; 2380 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2381 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2382 UA->getGuid()); 2383 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2384 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2385 2386 if (NewAttr) { 2387 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2388 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2389 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2390 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2391 return true; 2392 } 2393 2394 return false; 2395 } 2396 2397 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2398 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2399 return TD->getDefinition(); 2400 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2401 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2402 if (Def) 2403 return Def; 2404 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2405 } 2406 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2407 return FD->getDefinition(); 2408 return nullptr; 2409 } 2410 2411 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2412 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2413 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2414 return true; 2415 return false; 2416 } 2417 2418 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2419 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2420 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2421 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2422 return; 2423 2424 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2425 if (!Def || Def == New) 2426 return; 2427 2428 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2429 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2430 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2431 2432 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2433 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2434 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2435 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2436 2437 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2438 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2439 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2440 --E; 2441 continue; 2442 } 2443 } else { 2444 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2445 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2446 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2447 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2448 : diag::err_redefinition; 2449 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2450 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2451 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2452 } 2453 ++I; 2454 continue; 2455 } 2456 2457 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2458 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2459 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2460 ++I; 2461 continue; 2462 } 2463 } 2464 2465 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2466 ++I; 2467 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2468 } 2469 2470 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2471 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2472 ++I; 2473 continue; 2474 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2475 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2476 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2477 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2478 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2479 // equivalent alignment. 2480 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2481 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2482 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2483 // have no alignment specifier. 2484 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2485 << AA; 2486 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2487 << AA; 2488 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2489 --E; 2490 continue; 2491 } 2492 } 2493 2494 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2495 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2496 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2497 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2498 --E; 2499 } 2500 } 2501 2502 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2503 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2504 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2505 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2506 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2507 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2508 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2509 } 2510 2511 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2512 return; 2513 2514 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2515 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2516 2517 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2518 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2519 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2520 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2521 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2522 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2523 } 2524 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2525 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2526 // already been ODR-used. 2527 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2528 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2529 } 2530 } 2531 2532 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2533 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2534 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2535 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2536 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2537 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2538 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2539 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2540 << NewTag; 2541 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2542 } 2543 } 2544 } else { 2545 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2546 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2547 } 2548 } 2549 2550 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2551 return; 2552 2553 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2554 2555 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2556 // we process them. 2557 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2558 2559 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2560 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2561 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2562 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2563 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2564 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2565 switch (AMK) { 2566 case AMK_None: 2567 continue; 2568 2569 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2570 case AMK_Override: 2571 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2572 LocalAMK = AMK; 2573 break; 2574 } 2575 } 2576 2577 // Already handled. 2578 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2579 continue; 2580 2581 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2582 foundAny = true; 2583 } 2584 2585 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2586 foundAny = true; 2587 2588 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2589 } 2590 2591 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2592 /// to the new one. 2593 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2594 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2595 Sema &S) { 2596 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2597 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2598 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2599 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2600 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2601 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2602 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2603 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2604 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2605 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2606 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2607 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2608 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2609 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2610 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2611 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2612 } 2613 2614 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2615 return; 2616 2617 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2618 2619 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2620 // done before we process them. 2621 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2622 2623 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2624 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2625 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2626 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2627 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2628 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2629 foundAny = true; 2630 } 2631 } 2632 2633 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2634 } 2635 2636 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2637 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2638 Sema &S) { 2639 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2640 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2641 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2642 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2643 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2644 *Newnullability, 2645 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2646 != 0)) 2647 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2648 *Oldnullability, 2649 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2650 != 0)); 2651 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2652 } 2653 } else { 2654 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2655 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2656 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2657 NewT, NewT); 2658 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2659 } 2660 } 2661 } 2662 2663 namespace { 2664 2665 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2666 /// C. 2667 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2668 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2669 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2670 QualType PromotedType; 2671 }; 2672 2673 } // end anonymous namespace 2674 2675 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2676 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2677 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2678 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2679 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2680 2681 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2682 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2683 2684 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2685 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2686 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2687 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2688 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2689 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2690 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2691 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2692 } 2693 2694 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2695 } 2696 2697 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2698 // declaration, or a declaration. 2699 template <typename T> 2700 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2701 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2702 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2703 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2704 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2705 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2706 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2707 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2708 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2709 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2710 } else 2711 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2712 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2713 } 2714 2715 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2716 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2717 /// GNU89 mode. 2718 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2719 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2720 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2721 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2722 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2723 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2724 } 2725 2726 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2727 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2728 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2729 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2730 return AT; 2731 } 2732 2733 template <typename T> 2734 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2735 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2736 if (DC->isRecord()) 2737 return false; 2738 2739 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2740 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2741 return true; 2742 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2743 return true; 2744 return false; 2745 } 2746 2747 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2748 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2749 2750 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2751 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2752 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2753 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2754 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2755 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2756 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2757 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2758 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2759 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2760 // and function templates; or 2761 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2762 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2763 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2764 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2765 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2766 2767 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2768 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2769 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2770 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2771 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2772 2773 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2774 if (Old && 2775 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2776 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2777 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2778 Old = nullptr; 2779 2780 if (!Old) { 2781 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2782 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2783 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2784 return true; 2785 } 2786 return false; 2787 } 2788 2789 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2790 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2791 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2792 2793 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2794 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2795 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2796 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2797 return true; 2798 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2799 }; 2800 2801 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2802 } 2803 2804 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2805 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2806 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2807 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2808 /// 2809 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2810 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2811 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2812 /// merged with. 2813 /// 2814 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2815 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2816 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2817 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2818 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2819 if (!Old) { 2820 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2821 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2822 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2823 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2824 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2825 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2826 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2827 return true; 2828 } 2829 2830 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2831 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2832 return true; 2833 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2834 } else { 2835 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2836 << New->getDeclName(); 2837 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2838 return true; 2839 } 2840 } 2841 2842 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2843 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2844 return true; 2845 2846 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2847 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2848 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2849 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2850 2851 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2852 // is an extern inline function. 2853 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2854 // storage classes. 2855 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2856 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2857 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2858 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2859 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2860 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2861 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2862 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2863 } else { 2864 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2865 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2866 return true; 2867 } 2868 } 2869 2870 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2871 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2872 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2873 << New->getDeclName(); 2874 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2875 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2876 } 2877 2878 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2879 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2880 // convention of the first. 2881 // 2882 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2883 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2884 // 2885 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2886 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2887 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2888 // 2889 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2890 // other tests to run. 2891 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2892 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2893 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2894 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2895 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2896 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2897 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2898 2899 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2900 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2901 const FunctionType *FT = 2902 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2903 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2904 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2905 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2906 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2907 // there but not here. 2908 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2909 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2910 } else { 2911 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2912 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2913 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2914 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2915 << !FirstCCExplicit 2916 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2917 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2918 2919 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2920 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2921 return true; 2922 } 2923 } 2924 2925 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2926 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2927 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2928 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2929 } 2930 2931 // Merge regparm attribute. 2932 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2933 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2934 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2935 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2936 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2937 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2938 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2939 return true; 2940 } 2941 2942 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2943 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2944 } 2945 2946 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2947 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2948 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2949 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2950 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2951 return true; 2952 } 2953 2954 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2955 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2956 } 2957 2958 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2959 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2960 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2961 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2962 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2963 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2964 } 2965 2966 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2967 // UndefinedButUsed. 2968 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2969 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2970 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2971 Old->isUsed(false) && 2972 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2973 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2974 SourceLocation())); 2975 2976 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2977 // about it. 2978 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2979 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2980 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2981 } 2982 2983 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2984 // redeclaration. 2985 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2986 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2987 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2988 << New->getDeclName(); 2989 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2990 return true; 2991 } 2992 2993 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2994 // C++1z [over.load]p2 2995 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2996 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 2997 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 2998 2999 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3000 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3001 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3002 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3003 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3004 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3005 return true; 3006 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3007 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3008 3009 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3010 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3011 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3012 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3013 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3014 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 3015 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 3016 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3017 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 3018 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 3019 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 3020 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3021 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 3022 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3023 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3024 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 3025 QualType ResQT; 3026 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3027 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3028 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3029 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3030 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3031 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3032 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3033 else 3034 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3035 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3036 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3037 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3038 return true; 3039 } 3040 else 3041 NewQType = ResQT; 3042 } 3043 3044 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3045 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3046 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3047 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3048 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3049 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3050 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3051 New->setType( 3052 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3053 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3054 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3055 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3056 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3057 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3058 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3059 } 3060 } 3061 3062 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3063 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3064 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3065 // Preserve triviality. 3066 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3067 3068 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3069 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3070 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3071 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3072 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3073 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3074 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3075 3076 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3077 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3078 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3079 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3080 // is a static member function declaration. 3081 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3083 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3084 return true; 3085 } 3086 3087 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3088 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3089 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3090 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3091 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3092 unsigned NewDiag; 3093 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3094 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3095 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3096 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3097 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3098 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3099 else 3100 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3101 3102 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3103 } else { 3104 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3105 << New << New->getType(); 3106 } 3107 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3108 return true; 3109 3110 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3111 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3112 // 3113 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3114 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3115 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3116 if (isFriend) { 3117 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3118 } else { 3119 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3120 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3121 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3122 return true; 3123 } 3124 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3125 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3126 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3127 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3128 return true; 3129 } 3130 } 3131 3132 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3133 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3134 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3135 // attribute. 3136 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3137 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3138 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3139 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3140 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3141 } 3142 3143 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3144 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3145 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3146 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3147 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3148 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3149 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3150 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3151 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3152 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3153 } 3154 3155 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3156 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3157 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3158 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3159 3160 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3161 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3162 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3163 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3164 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3165 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3166 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3167 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3168 } 3169 3170 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3171 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3172 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3173 // 3174 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3175 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3176 // linkage within class scope. 3177 // 3178 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3179 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3180 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3181 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3182 } else { 3183 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3184 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3185 return true; 3186 } 3187 } 3188 3189 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3190 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3191 3192 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3193 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3194 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3195 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3196 // when we instantiate the function. 3197 return false; 3198 } 3199 3200 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3201 } 3202 3203 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3204 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3205 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3206 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3207 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3208 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3209 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3210 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3211 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3212 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3213 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3214 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3215 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3216 NewQType = 3217 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3218 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3219 New->setType(NewQType); 3220 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3221 3222 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3223 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3224 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3225 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3226 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3227 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3228 SC_None, nullptr); 3229 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3230 Param->setImplicit(); 3231 Params.push_back(Param); 3232 } 3233 3234 New->setParams(Params); 3235 } 3236 3237 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3238 } 3239 3240 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3241 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3242 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3243 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3244 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3245 // the prototype. 3246 // 3247 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3248 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3249 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3250 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3251 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3252 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3253 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3254 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3255 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3256 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3257 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3258 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3259 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3260 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3261 3262 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3263 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3264 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3265 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3266 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3267 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3268 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3269 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3270 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3271 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3272 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3273 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3274 NewParm->getType(), 3275 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3276 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3277 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3278 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3279 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3280 } else 3281 LooseCompatible = false; 3282 } 3283 3284 if (LooseCompatible) { 3285 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3286 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3287 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3288 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3289 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3290 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3291 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3292 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3293 } 3294 3295 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3296 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3297 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3298 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3299 } 3300 3301 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3302 } 3303 3304 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3305 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3306 3307 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3308 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3309 unsigned BuiltinID; 3310 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3311 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3312 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3313 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3314 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3315 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3316 << Old << Old->getType(); 3317 3318 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3319 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3320 // 3321 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3322 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3323 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3324 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3325 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3326 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3327 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3328 3329 return false; 3330 } 3331 3332 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3333 } 3334 3335 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3336 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3337 return true; 3338 } 3339 3340 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3341 /// known to be compatible. 3342 /// 3343 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3344 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3345 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3346 /// redeclaration of Old. 3347 /// 3348 /// \returns false 3349 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3350 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3351 // Merge the attributes 3352 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3353 3354 // Merge "pure" flag. 3355 if (Old->isPure()) 3356 New->setPure(); 3357 3358 // Merge "used" flag. 3359 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3360 New->setIsUsed(); 3361 3362 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3363 // declarations. 3364 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3365 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3366 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3367 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3368 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3369 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3370 } 3371 3372 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3373 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3374 3375 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3376 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3377 // was visible. 3378 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3379 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3380 New->setType(Merged); 3381 3382 return false; 3383 } 3384 3385 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3386 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3387 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3388 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3389 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3390 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3391 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3392 : AMK_Override; 3393 3394 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3395 3396 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3397 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3398 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3399 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3400 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3401 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3402 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3403 3404 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3405 } 3406 3407 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3408 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3409 3410 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3411 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3412 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3413 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3414 3415 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3416 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3417 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3418 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3419 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3420 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3421 } 3422 3423 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3424 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3425 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3426 /// 3427 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3428 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3429 /// is attached. 3430 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3431 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3432 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3433 return; 3434 3435 QualType MergedT; 3436 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3437 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3438 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3439 return; 3440 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3441 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3442 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3443 } 3444 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3445 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3446 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3447 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3448 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3449 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3450 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3451 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3452 3453 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3454 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3455 // mismatch. 3456 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3457 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3458 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3459 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3460 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3461 continue; 3462 3463 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3464 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3465 } 3466 } 3467 3468 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3469 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3470 NewArray->getElementType())) 3471 MergedT = New->getType(); 3472 } 3473 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3474 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3475 // visible. 3476 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3477 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3478 NewArray->getElementType())) 3479 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3480 } 3481 } 3482 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3483 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3484 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3485 Old->getType()); 3486 } 3487 } else { 3488 // C 6.2.7p2: 3489 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3490 // compatible type. 3491 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3492 } 3493 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3494 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3495 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3496 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3497 // equivalent. 3498 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3499 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3500 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3501 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3502 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3503 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3504 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3505 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3506 return; 3507 } 3508 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3509 } 3510 3511 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3512 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3513 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3514 New->setType(MergedT); 3515 } 3516 3517 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3518 LookupResult &Previous) { 3519 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3520 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3521 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3522 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3523 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3524 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3525 // 3526 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3527 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3528 return false; 3529 3530 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3531 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3532 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3533 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3534 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3535 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3536 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3537 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3538 } else { 3539 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3540 // type unless we're in the same function. 3541 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3542 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3543 } 3544 } 3545 3546 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3547 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3548 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3549 /// 3550 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3551 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3552 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3553 /// 3554 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3555 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3556 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3557 return; 3558 3559 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3560 return; 3561 3562 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3563 3564 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3565 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3566 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3567 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3568 if (NewTemplate) { 3569 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3570 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3571 3572 if (auto *Shadow = 3573 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3574 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3575 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3576 } else { 3577 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3578 3579 if (auto *Shadow = 3580 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3581 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3582 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3583 } 3584 } 3585 if (!Old) { 3586 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3587 << New->getDeclName(); 3588 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3589 diag::note_previous_definition); 3590 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3591 } 3592 3593 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3594 if (NewTemplate && 3595 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3596 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3597 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3598 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3599 3600 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3601 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3602 // 3603 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3604 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3605 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3606 << New->getIdentifier(); 3607 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3608 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3609 } 3610 3611 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3612 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3613 // declaration 3614 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3615 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3616 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3618 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3619 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3620 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3621 } 3622 3623 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3624 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3625 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3626 << New->getDeclName(); 3627 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3628 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3629 } 3630 3631 // Merge the types. 3632 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3633 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3634 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3635 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3636 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3637 return; 3638 } 3639 3640 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3641 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3642 return; 3643 3644 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3645 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3646 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3647 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3648 3649 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3650 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3651 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3652 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3653 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3654 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3655 << New->getDeclName(); 3656 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3657 } else { 3658 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3659 << New->getDeclName(); 3660 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3661 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3662 } 3663 } 3664 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3665 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3666 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3667 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3668 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3669 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3670 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3671 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3672 // identifier has external linkage. 3673 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3674 /* Okay */; 3675 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3676 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3677 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3678 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3679 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3680 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3681 } 3682 3683 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3684 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3685 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3686 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3687 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3688 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3689 } 3690 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3691 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3692 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3693 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3694 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3695 } 3696 3697 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3698 3699 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3700 // need to check for mismatches. 3701 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3702 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3703 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3704 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3705 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3706 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3707 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3708 } 3709 3710 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3711 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3712 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3713 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3714 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3715 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3716 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3717 } 3718 } 3719 3720 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3721 // UndefinedButUsed. 3722 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3723 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3724 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3725 SourceLocation())); 3726 3727 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3728 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3729 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3730 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3731 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3732 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3733 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3734 } else { 3735 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3736 // static and dynamic initialization. 3737 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3738 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3739 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3740 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3741 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3742 } 3743 } 3744 3745 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3747 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3748 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3749 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3750 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3751 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3752 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3753 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3754 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3755 return; 3756 } 3757 } 3758 3759 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3760 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3761 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3762 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3763 return; 3764 } 3765 3766 // Merge "used" flag. 3767 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3768 New->setIsUsed(); 3769 3770 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3771 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3772 if (NewTemplate) 3773 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3774 3775 // Inherit access appropriately. 3776 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3777 if (NewTemplate) 3778 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3779 3780 if (Old->isInline()) 3781 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3782 } 3783 3784 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 3785 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 3786 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 3787 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 3788 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3789 New->isInline() || 3790 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3791 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3792 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3793 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3794 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 3795 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 3796 3797 // Make the canonical definition visible. 3798 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 3799 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation()); 3800 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation()); 3801 return false; 3802 } else { 3803 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3804 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3805 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3806 return true; 3807 } 3808 } 3809 3810 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3811 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3812 Decl * 3813 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3814 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3815 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3816 AnonRecord); 3817 } 3818 3819 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3820 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3821 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3822 // compatibility. 3823 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3824 // targeted. 3825 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3826 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3827 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3828 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3829 } 3830 3831 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3832 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3833 return; 3834 3835 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3836 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3837 // it is anonymous. 3838 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3839 return; 3840 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3841 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3842 Context.setManglingNumber( 3843 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3844 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3845 return; 3846 } 3847 3848 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3849 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3850 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3851 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3852 Context.setManglingNumber( 3853 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3854 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3855 } 3856 } 3857 3858 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3859 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3860 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3861 return; 3862 3863 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3864 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3865 return; 3866 3867 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3868 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3869 3870 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3871 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3872 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3873 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3874 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3875 return; 3876 } 3877 3878 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3879 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3880 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3881 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3882 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3883 // for how to handle it. 3884 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3885 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3886 3887 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3888 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3889 3890 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3891 textToInsert += ' '; 3892 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3893 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3894 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3895 return; 3896 } 3897 3898 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3899 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3900 } 3901 3902 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3903 switch (T) { 3904 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3905 return 0; 3906 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3907 return 1; 3908 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3909 return 2; 3910 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3911 return 3; 3912 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3913 return 4; 3914 default: 3915 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3916 } 3917 } 3918 3919 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3920 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3921 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3922 Decl * 3923 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3924 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3925 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3926 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3927 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3928 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3929 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3930 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3931 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3932 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3933 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3934 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3935 3936 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3937 return nullptr; 3938 3939 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3940 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3941 // it's a Type. 3942 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3943 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3944 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3945 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3946 } 3947 3948 if (Tag) { 3949 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3950 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3951 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3952 return Tag; 3953 } 3954 3955 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3956 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3957 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3958 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3959 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3960 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3961 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3962 } 3963 3964 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3965 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3966 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3967 3968 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3969 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3970 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3971 if (Tag) 3972 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3973 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3974 else 3975 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3976 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3977 return TagD; 3978 } 3979 3980 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3981 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3982 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3983 // its initializer. 3984 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3985 return TagD; 3986 } 3987 3988 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3989 3990 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3991 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3992 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3993 if (TagD && !Tag) 3994 return nullptr; 3995 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3996 } 3997 3998 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3999 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4000 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4001 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4002 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4003 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4004 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4005 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4006 // or an explicit specialization. 4007 // 4008 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4009 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4010 // 4011 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4012 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4013 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4014 return nullptr; 4015 } 4016 4017 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4018 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4019 4020 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4021 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4022 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4023 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4024 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4025 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4026 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4027 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4028 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4029 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4030 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4031 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4032 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4033 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4034 AnonRecord = Record; 4035 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4036 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4037 } 4038 4039 DeclaresAnything = false; 4040 } 4041 } 4042 4043 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4044 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4045 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4046 // 4047 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4048 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4049 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4050 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4051 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4052 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4053 // struct STRUCT; 4054 // union UNION; 4055 // and 4056 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4057 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4058 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4059 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4060 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4061 if (Tag) 4062 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4063 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4064 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4065 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4066 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4067 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4068 4069 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4070 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4071 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4072 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4073 } 4074 4075 DeclaresAnything = false; 4076 } 4077 } 4078 4079 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4080 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4081 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4082 return TagD; 4083 4084 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4085 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4086 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4087 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4088 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4089 DeclaresAnything = false; 4090 4091 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4092 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4093 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4094 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4095 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4096 else 4097 DeclaresAnything = false; 4098 } 4099 4100 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4101 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4102 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4103 << Tag->getTagKind() 4104 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4105 4106 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4107 4108 // C 6.7/2: 4109 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4110 // or the members of an enumeration. 4111 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4112 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4113 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4114 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4115 // previous declaration. 4116 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4117 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4118 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4119 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4120 return TagD; 4121 } 4122 4123 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4124 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4125 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4126 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4127 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4128 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4129 // 4130 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4131 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4132 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4133 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4134 4135 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4136 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4137 // useless. 4138 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4139 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4140 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4141 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4142 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4143 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4144 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4145 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4146 } 4147 4148 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4149 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4150 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4151 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4152 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4153 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4154 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4155 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4156 // Restrict is covered above. 4157 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4158 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4159 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4160 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4161 } 4162 4163 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4164 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4165 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4166 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4167 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4168 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4169 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4170 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4171 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4172 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4173 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4174 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4175 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4176 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4177 } 4178 } 4179 4180 return TagD; 4181 } 4182 4183 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4184 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4185 /// 4186 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4187 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4188 Scope *S, 4189 DeclContext *Owner, 4190 DeclarationName Name, 4191 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4192 bool IsUnion) { 4193 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4194 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4195 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4196 4197 // Pick a representative declaration. 4198 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4199 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4200 4201 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4202 return false; 4203 4204 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4205 << IsUnion << Name; 4206 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4207 4208 return true; 4209 } 4210 4211 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4212 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4213 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4214 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4215 /// struct, e.g., 4216 /// 4217 /// @code 4218 /// union { 4219 /// int i; 4220 /// float f; 4221 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4222 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4223 /// @endcode 4224 /// 4225 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4226 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4227 static bool 4228 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4229 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4230 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4231 bool Invalid = false; 4232 4233 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4234 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4235 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4236 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4237 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4238 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4239 VD->getLocation(), 4240 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4241 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4242 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4243 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4244 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4245 Invalid = true; 4246 } else { 4247 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4248 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4249 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4250 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4251 // anonymous union is declared. 4252 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4253 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4254 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4255 else 4256 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4257 4258 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4259 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4260 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4261 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4262 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4263 4264 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4265 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4266 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4267 4268 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4269 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4270 4271 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4272 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4273 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4274 4275 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4276 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4277 4278 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4279 } 4280 } 4281 } 4282 4283 return Invalid; 4284 } 4285 4286 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4287 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4288 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4289 static StorageClass 4290 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4291 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4292 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4293 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4294 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4295 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4296 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4297 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4298 return SC_None; 4299 return SC_Extern; 4300 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4301 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4302 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4303 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4304 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4305 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4306 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4307 } 4308 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4309 } 4310 4311 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4312 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4313 4314 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4315 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4316 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4317 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4318 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4319 return FD->getLocation(); 4320 } 4321 4322 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4323 } 4324 4325 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4326 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4327 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4328 return; 4329 4330 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4331 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4332 } 4333 4334 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4335 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4336 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4337 return; 4338 4339 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4340 } 4341 4342 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4343 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4344 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4345 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4346 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4347 AccessSpecifier AS, 4348 RecordDecl *Record, 4349 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4350 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4351 4352 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4353 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4354 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4355 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4356 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4357 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4358 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4359 4360 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4361 // structs/unions. 4362 bool Invalid = false; 4363 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4364 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4365 unsigned DiagID; 4366 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4367 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4368 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4369 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4370 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4371 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4372 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4373 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4374 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4375 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4376 4377 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4378 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4379 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4380 } 4381 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4382 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4383 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4384 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4385 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4386 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4387 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4388 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4389 4390 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4391 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4392 SourceLocation(), 4393 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4394 } 4395 } 4396 4397 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4398 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4399 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4400 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4401 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4402 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4403 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4404 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4405 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4406 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4407 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4408 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4409 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4410 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4411 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4412 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4413 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4414 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4415 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4416 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4417 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4418 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4419 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4420 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4421 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4422 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4423 4424 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4425 } 4426 4427 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4428 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4429 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4430 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4431 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4432 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4433 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4434 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4435 // members (clause 11). 4436 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4437 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4438 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4439 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4440 Invalid = true; 4441 } 4442 4443 // C++ [class.union]p1 4444 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4445 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4446 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4447 // array of such objects. 4448 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4449 Invalid = true; 4450 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4451 // Any implicit members are fine. 4452 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4453 // This is a type that showed up in an 4454 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4455 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4456 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4457 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4458 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4459 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4460 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4461 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4462 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4463 << Record->isUnion(); 4464 else { 4465 // This is a nested type declaration. 4466 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4467 << Record->isUnion(); 4468 Invalid = true; 4469 } 4470 } else { 4471 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4472 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4473 // not part of standard C++. 4474 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4475 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4476 << Record->isUnion(); 4477 } 4478 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4479 // Any access specifier is fine. 4480 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4481 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4482 } else { 4483 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4484 // member. Complain about it. 4485 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4486 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4487 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4488 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4489 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4490 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4491 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4492 4493 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4494 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4495 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4496 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4497 << Record->isUnion(); 4498 else { 4499 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4500 Invalid = true; 4501 } 4502 } 4503 } 4504 4505 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4506 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4507 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4508 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4509 Owner->isRecord()) 4510 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4511 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4512 } 4513 4514 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4515 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4516 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4517 Invalid = true; 4518 } 4519 4520 // Mock up a declarator. 4521 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4522 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4523 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4524 4525 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4526 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4527 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4528 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4529 DS.getLocStart(), 4530 Record->getLocation(), 4531 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4532 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4533 TInfo, 4534 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4535 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4536 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4537 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4538 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4539 } else { 4540 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4541 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4542 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4543 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4544 // an error here 4545 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4546 Invalid = true; 4547 SC = SC_None; 4548 } 4549 4550 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4551 DS.getLocStart(), 4552 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4553 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4554 TInfo, SC); 4555 4556 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4557 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4558 // initializer: 4559 // union { int n = 0; }; 4560 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4561 } 4562 Anon->setImplicit(); 4563 4564 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4565 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4566 4567 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4568 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4569 // its members. 4570 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4571 4572 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4573 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4574 // purposes. 4575 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4576 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4577 4578 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4579 Invalid = true; 4580 4581 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4582 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4583 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4584 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4585 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4586 Context.setManglingNumber( 4587 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4588 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4589 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4590 } 4591 } 4592 } 4593 4594 if (Invalid) 4595 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4596 4597 return Anon; 4598 } 4599 4600 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4601 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4602 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4603 /// Example: 4604 /// 4605 /// struct A { int a; }; 4606 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4607 /// 4608 /// void foo() { 4609 /// B var; 4610 /// var.a = 3; 4611 /// } 4612 /// 4613 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4614 RecordDecl *Record) { 4615 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4616 4617 // Mock up a declarator. 4618 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4619 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4620 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4621 4622 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4623 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4624 4625 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4626 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4627 ParentDecl, 4628 DS.getLocStart(), 4629 DS.getLocStart(), 4630 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4631 RecTy, 4632 TInfo, 4633 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4634 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4635 Anon->setImplicit(); 4636 4637 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4638 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4639 4640 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4641 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4642 // purposes. 4643 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4644 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4645 4646 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4647 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4648 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4649 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4650 AS_none, Chain)) { 4651 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4652 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4653 } 4654 4655 return Anon; 4656 } 4657 4658 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4659 /// given Declarator. 4660 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4661 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4662 } 4663 4664 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4665 DeclarationNameInfo 4666 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4667 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4668 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4669 4670 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4671 4672 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4673 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4674 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4675 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4676 return NameInfo; 4677 4678 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 4679 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 4680 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 4681 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 4682 // of the simple-template-id. 4683 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 4684 // class template. 4685 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 4686 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 4687 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 4688 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 4689 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 4690 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 4691 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 4692 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 4693 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 4694 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 4695 if (Template) 4696 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 4697 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4698 } 4699 4700 NameInfo.setName( 4701 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 4702 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4703 return NameInfo; 4704 } 4705 4706 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4707 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4708 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4709 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4710 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4711 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4712 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4713 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4714 return NameInfo; 4715 4716 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4717 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4718 Name.Identifier)); 4719 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4720 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4721 return NameInfo; 4722 4723 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4724 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4725 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4726 if (Ty.isNull()) 4727 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4728 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4729 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4730 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4731 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4732 return NameInfo; 4733 } 4734 4735 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4736 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4737 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4738 if (Ty.isNull()) 4739 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4740 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4741 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4742 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4743 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4744 return NameInfo; 4745 } 4746 4747 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4748 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4749 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4750 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4751 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4752 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4753 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4754 4755 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4756 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4757 4758 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4759 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4760 // was qualified. 4761 4762 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4763 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4764 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4765 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4766 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4767 return NameInfo; 4768 } 4769 4770 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4771 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4772 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4773 if (Ty.isNull()) 4774 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4775 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4776 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4777 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4778 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4779 return NameInfo; 4780 } 4781 4782 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4783 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4784 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4785 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4786 } 4787 4788 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4789 4790 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4791 } 4792 4793 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4794 do { 4795 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4796 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4797 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4798 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4799 else 4800 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4801 } while (true); 4802 } 4803 4804 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4805 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4806 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4807 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4808 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4809 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4810 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4811 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4812 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4813 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4814 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4815 Params.clear(); 4816 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4817 return false; 4818 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4819 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4820 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4821 4822 // The parameter types are identical 4823 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4824 continue; 4825 4826 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4827 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4828 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4829 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4830 4831 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4832 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4833 Params.push_back(Idx); 4834 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4835 return false; 4836 } 4837 4838 return true; 4839 } 4840 4841 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4842 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4843 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4844 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4845 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4846 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4847 DeclarationName Name) { 4848 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4849 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4850 // - types which will become injected class names 4851 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4852 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4853 // few cases here. 4854 4855 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4856 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4857 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4858 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4859 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4860 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4861 // Grab the type from the parser. 4862 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4863 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4864 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4865 4866 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4867 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4868 // attached already. 4869 if (!TSI) 4870 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4871 4872 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4873 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4874 if (!TSI) return true; 4875 4876 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4877 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4878 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4879 break; 4880 } 4881 4882 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4883 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4884 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4885 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4886 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4887 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4888 break; 4889 } 4890 4891 default: 4892 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4893 break; 4894 } 4895 4896 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4897 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4898 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4899 4900 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4901 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4902 // pointer. 4903 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4904 continue; 4905 4906 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4907 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4908 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4909 return true; 4910 } 4911 4912 return false; 4913 } 4914 4915 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4916 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4917 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4918 4919 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4920 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4921 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4922 4923 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 4924 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 4925 4926 return Dcl; 4927 } 4928 4929 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4930 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4931 /// name different from T: 4932 /// - every static data member of class T; 4933 /// - every member function of class T 4934 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4935 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4936 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4937 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4938 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4939 4940 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4941 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4942 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4943 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4944 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4945 return true; 4946 } 4947 4948 return false; 4949 } 4950 4951 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4952 /// nested-name-specifier. 4953 /// 4954 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4955 /// 4956 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4957 /// resolves. 4958 /// 4959 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4960 /// 4961 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4962 /// 4963 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4964 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4965 DeclarationName Name, 4966 SourceLocation Loc) { 4967 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4968 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4969 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4970 4971 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4972 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4973 // 4974 // class X { 4975 // void X::f(); 4976 // }; 4977 // 4978 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4979 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4980 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4981 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4982 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4983 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4984 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4985 SS.clear(); 4986 } else { 4987 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4988 } 4989 return false; 4990 } 4991 4992 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4993 // declaration. 4994 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4995 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4996 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4997 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4998 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4999 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5000 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5001 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5002 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5003 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5004 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5005 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5006 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5007 else 5008 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5009 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5010 5011 return true; 5012 } 5013 5014 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5015 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5016 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5017 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5018 SS.clear(); 5019 5020 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5021 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5022 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5023 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5024 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5025 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5026 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5027 return true; 5028 5029 return false; 5030 } 5031 5032 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5033 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5034 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5035 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5036 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5037 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5038 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5039 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5040 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5041 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5042 5043 return false; 5044 } 5045 5046 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5047 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5048 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5049 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5050 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5051 5052 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5053 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5054 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5055 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5056 } else if (!Name) { 5057 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5058 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5059 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5060 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5061 return nullptr; 5062 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5063 return nullptr; 5064 5065 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5066 // we find one that is. 5067 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5068 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5069 S = S->getParent(); 5070 5071 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5072 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5073 D.setInvalidType(); 5074 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5075 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5076 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5077 return nullptr; 5078 5079 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5080 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5081 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5082 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5083 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5084 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5085 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5086 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5087 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5088 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5089 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5090 return nullptr; 5091 } 5092 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5093 5094 if (!IsDependentContext && 5095 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5096 return nullptr; 5097 5098 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5099 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5100 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5101 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5102 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5103 return nullptr; 5104 } 5105 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5106 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5107 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5108 if (DC->isRecord()) 5109 return nullptr; 5110 5111 D.setInvalidType(); 5112 } 5113 } 5114 5115 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5116 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5117 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5118 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5119 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5120 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5121 D.setInvalidType(); 5122 } 5123 } 5124 5125 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5126 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5127 5128 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5129 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5130 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5131 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5132 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5133 return nullptr; 5134 5135 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5136 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5137 D.setInvalidType(); 5138 5139 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5140 ForRedeclaration); 5141 5142 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5143 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5144 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5145 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5146 5147 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5148 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5149 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5150 // 5151 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5152 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5153 // the same name. 5154 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5155 /* Do nothing*/; 5156 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5157 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5158 R->isFunctionType())) { 5159 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5160 CreateBuiltins = 5161 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5162 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5163 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5164 CreateBuiltins = true; 5165 5166 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5167 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5168 5169 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5170 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5171 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5172 5173 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5174 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5175 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5176 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5177 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5178 // thereof; [...] 5179 // 5180 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5181 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5182 // we want to match. For example, given: 5183 // 5184 // class X { 5185 // void f(); 5186 // void f(float); 5187 // }; 5188 // 5189 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5190 // 5191 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5192 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5193 // matches. 5194 5195 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5196 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5197 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5198 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5199 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5200 } 5201 5202 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5203 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5204 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5205 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5206 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5207 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5208 5209 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5210 Previous.clear(); 5211 } 5212 5213 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5214 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5215 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5216 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5217 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5218 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5219 Previous.clear(); 5220 5221 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5222 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5223 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5224 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5225 5226 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5227 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5228 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5229 // template, declared in namespace scope 5230 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5231 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5232 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5233 return nullptr; 5234 } 5235 5236 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5237 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5238 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5239 return nullptr; 5240 } 5241 } 5242 5243 NamedDecl *New; 5244 5245 bool AddToScope = true; 5246 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5247 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5248 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5249 return nullptr; 5250 } 5251 5252 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5253 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5254 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5255 TemplateParamLists, 5256 AddToScope); 5257 } else { 5258 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5259 AddToScope); 5260 } 5261 5262 if (!New) 5263 return nullptr; 5264 5265 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5266 // add it to the scope stack. 5267 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5268 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5269 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5270 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5271 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5272 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5273 if (!AddToContext) 5274 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5275 } 5276 5277 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5278 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5279 5280 return New; 5281 } 5282 5283 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5284 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5285 /// GCC compatibility). 5286 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5287 ASTContext &Context, 5288 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5289 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5290 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5291 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5292 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5293 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5294 SizeIsNegative = false; 5295 Oversized = 0; 5296 5297 if (T->isDependentType()) 5298 return QualType(); 5299 5300 QualifierCollector Qs; 5301 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5302 5303 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5304 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5305 QualType FixedType = 5306 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5307 Oversized); 5308 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5309 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5310 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5311 } 5312 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5313 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5314 QualType FixedType = 5315 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5316 Oversized); 5317 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5318 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5319 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5320 } 5321 5322 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5323 if (!VLATy) 5324 return QualType(); 5325 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5326 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5327 return QualType(); 5328 5329 llvm::APSInt Res; 5330 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5331 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5332 return QualType(); 5333 5334 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5335 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5336 SizeIsNegative = true; 5337 return QualType(); 5338 } 5339 5340 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5341 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5342 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5343 Res); 5344 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5345 Oversized = Res; 5346 return QualType(); 5347 } 5348 5349 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5350 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5351 } 5352 5353 static void 5354 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5355 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5356 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5357 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5358 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5359 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5360 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5361 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5362 return; 5363 } 5364 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5365 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5366 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5367 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5368 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5369 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5370 return; 5371 } 5372 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5373 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5374 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5375 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5376 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5377 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5378 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5379 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5380 } 5381 5382 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5383 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5384 /// GCC compatibility). 5385 static TypeSourceInfo* 5386 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5387 ASTContext &Context, 5388 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5389 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5390 QualType FixedTy 5391 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5392 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5393 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5394 return nullptr; 5395 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5396 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5397 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5398 return FixedTInfo; 5399 } 5400 5401 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5402 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5403 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5404 /// function-scope declarations. 5405 void 5406 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5407 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5408 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5409 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5410 return; 5411 5412 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5413 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5414 } 5415 5416 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5417 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5418 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5419 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5420 } 5421 5422 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5423 /// does not identify a function. 5424 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5425 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5426 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5427 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5428 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5429 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5430 5431 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5432 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5433 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5434 5435 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5436 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5437 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5438 } 5439 5440 NamedDecl* 5441 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5442 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5443 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5444 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5445 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5446 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5447 D.setInvalidType(); 5448 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5449 DC = CurContext; 5450 Previous.clear(); 5451 } 5452 5453 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5454 5455 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5456 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5457 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5458 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5459 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5460 << 1; 5461 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5462 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5463 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5464 5465 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5466 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5467 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5468 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5469 << "typedef"; 5470 else 5471 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5472 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5473 return nullptr; 5474 } 5475 5476 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5477 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5478 5479 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5480 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5481 5482 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5483 5484 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5485 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5486 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5487 return ND; 5488 } 5489 5490 void 5491 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5492 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5493 // then it shall have block scope. 5494 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5495 // that redeclarations will match. 5496 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5497 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5498 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5499 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5500 5501 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5502 bool SizeIsNegative; 5503 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5504 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5505 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5506 SizeIsNegative, 5507 Oversized); 5508 if (FixedTInfo) { 5509 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5510 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5511 } else { 5512 if (SizeIsNegative) 5513 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5514 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5515 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5516 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5517 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5518 << Oversized.toString(10); 5519 else 5520 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5521 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5522 } 5523 } 5524 } 5525 } 5526 5527 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5528 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5529 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5530 NamedDecl* 5531 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5532 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5533 5534 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 5535 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 5536 5537 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5538 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5539 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5540 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5541 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5542 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5543 Redeclaration = true; 5544 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5545 } 5546 5547 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 5548 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 5549 5550 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5551 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5552 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5553 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5554 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5555 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5556 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5557 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5558 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5559 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5560 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5561 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5562 } 5563 5564 return NewTD; 5565 } 5566 5567 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5568 /// previous declaration. 5569 /// 5570 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5571 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5572 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5573 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5574 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5575 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5576 /// 5577 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5578 /// lookup 5579 /// 5580 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5581 /// declared. 5582 /// 5583 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5584 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5585 static bool 5586 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5587 ASTContext &Context) { 5588 if (!PrevDecl) 5589 return false; 5590 5591 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5592 return false; 5593 5594 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5595 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5596 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5597 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5598 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5599 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5600 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5601 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5602 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5603 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5604 return false; 5605 5606 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5607 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5608 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5609 return false; 5610 5611 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5612 // previous declarations. 5613 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5614 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5615 5616 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5617 // isn't the same function. 5618 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5619 return false; 5620 } 5621 5622 return true; 5623 } 5624 5625 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5626 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5627 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5628 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5629 } 5630 5631 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5632 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5633 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5634 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5635 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5636 unsigned kind = -1U; 5637 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5638 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5639 kind = 0; // __block 5640 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5641 kind = 1; // global 5642 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5643 kind = 3; // ivar 5644 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5645 kind = 2; // field 5646 } 5647 5648 if (kind != -1U) { 5649 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5650 << kind; 5651 } 5652 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5653 // Try to infer lifetime. 5654 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5655 return false; 5656 5657 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5658 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5659 decl->setType(type); 5660 } 5661 5662 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5663 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5664 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5665 var->getTLSKind()) { 5666 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5667 << var->getType(); 5668 return true; 5669 } 5670 } 5671 5672 return false; 5673 } 5674 5675 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5676 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5677 // the wrong linkage. 5678 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5679 5680 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5681 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5682 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5683 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5684 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5685 } 5686 } 5687 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5688 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5689 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5690 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5691 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5692 } 5693 } 5694 5695 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5696 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5697 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5698 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5699 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5700 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5701 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5702 } 5703 } 5704 } 5705 5706 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5707 // It does not apply to functions. 5708 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5709 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5710 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5711 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5712 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5713 } 5714 } 5715 5716 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5717 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5718 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5719 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5720 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5721 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5722 << &ND << Attr; 5723 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5724 } 5725 } 5726 5727 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5728 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5729 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5730 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5731 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5732 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5733 << Attr; 5734 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5735 } 5736 } 5737 5738 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5739 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5740 bool IsSpecialization, 5741 bool IsDefinition) { 5742 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5743 return; 5744 5745 bool IsTemplate = false; 5746 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5747 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5748 IsTemplate = true; 5749 if (!IsSpecialization) 5750 IsDefinition = false; 5751 } 5752 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5753 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5754 IsTemplate = true; 5755 } 5756 5757 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5758 return; 5759 5760 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5761 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5762 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5763 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5764 5765 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5766 // inherited attribute instances. 5767 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5768 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5769 5770 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5771 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5772 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5773 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5774 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5775 5776 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5777 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5778 bool JustWarn = false; 5779 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5780 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5781 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5782 JustWarn = true; 5783 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5784 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5785 JustWarn = true; 5786 } 5787 5788 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5789 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5790 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5791 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5792 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5793 JustWarn = false; 5794 5795 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5796 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5797 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5798 << NewDecl 5799 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5800 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5801 if (!JustWarn) { 5802 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5803 return; 5804 } 5805 } 5806 5807 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5808 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 5809 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 5810 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 5811 // it were marked dllexport. 5812 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5813 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5814 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5815 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5816 // separately. 5817 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5818 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5819 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5820 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5821 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5822 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5823 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5824 } 5825 5826 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 5827 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 5828 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5829 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5830 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5831 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5832 << NewDecl; 5833 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5834 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5835 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5836 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5837 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5838 } else { 5839 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5840 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5841 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5842 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5843 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5844 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5845 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5846 } 5847 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5848 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5849 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5850 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5851 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5852 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5853 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5854 } 5855 } 5856 5857 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5858 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5859 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5860 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5861 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5862 5863 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5864 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5865 5866 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5867 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5868 return false; 5869 5870 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5871 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5872 } 5873 5874 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5875 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5876 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5877 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5878 /// 5879 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5880 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5881 /// 5882 /// For instance: 5883 /// 5884 /// auto x = []{}; 5885 /// 5886 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5887 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5888 /// 5889 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5890 template<typename T> 5891 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5892 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5893 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5894 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5895 return false; 5896 5897 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5898 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5899 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5900 return false; 5901 } 5902 return D->isExternC(); 5903 } 5904 5905 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5906 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5907 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5908 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5909 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5910 return true; 5911 if (DC->isRecord()) 5912 return false; 5913 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5914 } 5915 5916 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5917 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5918 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5919 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5920 return true; 5921 if (DC->isRecord()) 5922 return false; 5923 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5924 } 5925 5926 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5927 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5928 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5929 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5930 return true; 5931 return false; 5932 } 5933 5934 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5935 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5936 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5937 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5938 return true; 5939 5940 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5941 // position to the decl itself. 5942 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5943 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5944 return true; 5945 } 5946 5947 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5948 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5949 } 5950 5951 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5952 /// function-local external declaration. 5953 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5954 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5955 return false; 5956 5957 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5958 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5959 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5960 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5961 return true; 5962 5963 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5964 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5965 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5966 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5967 // 5968 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5969 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5970 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5971 DC = DC->getParent(); 5972 return true; 5973 } 5974 5975 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5976 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5977 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5978 return FD->isExternC(); 5979 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5980 return VD->isExternC(); 5981 5982 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5983 } 5984 5985 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 5986 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5987 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5988 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 5989 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5990 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5991 5992 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5993 5994 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5995 AddToScope = false; 5996 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 5997 // purposes. 5998 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 5999 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6000 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6001 Name = II; 6002 } 6003 } else if (!II) { 6004 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6005 return nullptr; 6006 } 6007 6008 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6009 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6010 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6011 // argument. 6012 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6013 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6014 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6015 << R; 6016 D.setInvalidType(); 6017 return nullptr; 6018 } 6019 6020 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6021 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6022 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6023 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6024 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6025 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6026 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6027 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6028 D.setInvalidType(); 6029 return nullptr; 6030 } 6031 } 6032 6033 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6034 QualType NR = R; 6035 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6036 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6037 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 6038 D.setInvalidType(); 6039 break; 6040 } 6041 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6042 } 6043 6044 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6045 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6046 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6047 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6048 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6049 D.setInvalidType(); 6050 } 6051 } 6052 6053 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6054 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6055 // space qualifiers. 6056 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6057 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 6058 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6059 } 6060 6061 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6062 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6063 // address space qualifiers. 6064 if (R->isEventT()) { 6065 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 6066 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6067 D.setInvalidType(); 6068 } 6069 } 6070 } 6071 6072 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6073 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6074 6075 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6076 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6077 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6078 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 6079 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 6080 SC = SC_Extern; 6081 6082 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6083 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6084 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6085 6086 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6087 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6088 // an error here 6089 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6090 D.setInvalidType(); 6091 SC = SC_None; 6092 } 6093 6094 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6095 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6096 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6097 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6098 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6099 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6100 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6101 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6102 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6103 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6104 } 6105 6106 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6107 6108 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6109 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6110 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6111 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6112 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6113 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6114 D.setInvalidType(); 6115 } 6116 } 6117 6118 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6119 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6120 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6121 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6122 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6123 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6124 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6125 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6126 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6127 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6128 R, TInfo, SC); 6129 6130 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6131 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6132 6133 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6134 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6135 } else { 6136 bool Invalid = false; 6137 6138 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6139 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6140 switch (SC) { 6141 case SC_None: 6142 break; 6143 case SC_Static: 6144 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6145 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6146 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6147 break; 6148 case SC_Auto: 6149 case SC_Register: 6150 case SC_Extern: 6151 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6152 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6153 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6154 // of class members 6155 6156 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6157 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6158 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6159 break; 6160 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6161 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6162 } 6163 } 6164 6165 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6166 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6167 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6168 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6169 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6170 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6171 6172 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6173 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6174 if (RD->isUnion()) 6175 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6176 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6177 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6178 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6179 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6180 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6181 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6182 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6183 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6184 } 6185 } 6186 6187 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6188 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6189 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6190 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6191 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6192 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6193 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6194 : nullptr, 6195 TemplateParamLists, 6196 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6197 6198 if (TemplateParams) { 6199 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6200 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6201 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6202 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6203 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6204 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6205 << II 6206 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6207 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6208 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6209 } else { 6210 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6211 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6212 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6213 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6214 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6215 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6216 // This is a template declaration. 6217 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6218 6219 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6220 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6221 return nullptr; 6222 6223 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6224 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6225 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6226 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6227 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6228 } 6229 } 6230 } else { 6231 assert( 6232 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6233 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6234 } 6235 6236 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6237 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6238 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6239 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6240 : SourceLocation(); 6241 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6242 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6243 IsPartialSpecialization); 6244 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6245 return nullptr; 6246 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6247 AddToScope = false; 6248 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6249 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6250 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6251 Bindings); 6252 } else 6253 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6254 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6255 6256 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6257 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6258 NewTemplate = 6259 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6260 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6261 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6262 } 6263 6264 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6265 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6266 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6267 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6268 6269 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6270 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6271 if (NewTemplate) 6272 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6273 } 6274 6275 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6276 6277 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6278 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6279 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6280 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6281 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6282 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6283 6284 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6285 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6286 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6287 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6288 // implicitly an inline variable. 6289 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6290 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6291 } 6292 6293 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6294 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6295 VTD->setConcept(); 6296 6297 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6298 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6299 // specifiers, [...] 6300 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6301 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6302 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6303 << 0 << 0; 6304 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6305 } 6306 6307 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6308 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6309 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6310 << 0 << 3; 6311 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6312 } 6313 6314 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6315 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6316 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6317 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6318 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6319 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6320 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6321 } 6322 6323 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6324 // following restrictions: 6325 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6326 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6327 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6328 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6329 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6330 } 6331 } 6332 } 6333 6334 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6335 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6336 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6337 << 0; 6338 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6339 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6340 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6341 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6342 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6343 } else { 6344 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6345 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6346 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6347 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6348 } 6349 } 6350 6351 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6352 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6353 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6354 if (NewTemplate) 6355 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6356 6357 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6358 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6359 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6360 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6361 else 6362 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6363 } 6364 6365 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6366 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6367 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6368 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6369 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6370 // explicitly. 6371 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6372 // 'extern'. 6373 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6374 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6375 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6376 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6377 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6378 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6379 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6380 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6381 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6382 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6383 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6384 // error should be ignored. 6385 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6386 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6387 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6388 // to emit any code for it. 6389 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6390 } else 6391 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6392 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6393 } else 6394 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6395 } 6396 6397 // C99 6.7.4p3 6398 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6399 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6400 // thread storage duration... 6401 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6402 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6403 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6404 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6405 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6406 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6407 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6408 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6409 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6410 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6411 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6412 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6413 } 6414 } 6415 6416 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6417 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6418 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6419 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6420 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6421 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6422 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6423 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6424 << 2 6425 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6426 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6427 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6428 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6429 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6430 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6431 else { 6432 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6433 if (NewTemplate) 6434 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6435 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6436 B->setModulePrivate(); 6437 } 6438 } 6439 6440 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6441 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6442 6443 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6444 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6445 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6446 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6447 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6448 // storage [duration]." 6449 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6450 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6451 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6452 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6453 } 6454 } 6455 6456 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6457 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6458 // check the VarDecl itself. 6459 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6460 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6461 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6462 6463 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6464 // retainable type. 6465 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6466 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6467 6468 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6469 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6470 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6471 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6472 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6473 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6474 switch (SC) { 6475 case SC_None: 6476 case SC_Auto: 6477 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6478 break; 6479 case SC_Register: 6480 // Local Named register 6481 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6482 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6483 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6484 break; 6485 case SC_Static: 6486 case SC_Extern: 6487 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6488 break; 6489 } 6490 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6491 // Global Named register 6492 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6493 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6494 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6495 6496 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6497 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6498 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6499 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6500 HasSizeMismatch)) 6501 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6502 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6503 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6504 } 6505 6506 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6507 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6508 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6509 } 6510 } 6511 6512 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6513 Context, Label, 0)); 6514 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6515 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6516 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6517 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6518 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6519 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6520 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6521 } else 6522 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6523 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6524 } 6525 } 6526 6527 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6528 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6529 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6530 : nullptr; 6531 6532 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6533 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6534 // declaration has linkage). 6535 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6536 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6537 IsMemberSpecialization || 6538 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6539 6540 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6541 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6542 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6543 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6544 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6545 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6546 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6547 6548 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6549 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6550 } else { 6551 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6552 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6553 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6554 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6555 6556 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6557 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6558 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6559 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6560 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6561 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6562 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6563 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6564 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6565 Previous.clear(); 6566 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6567 } 6568 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6569 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6570 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6571 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6572 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6573 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6574 } 6575 6576 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6577 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6578 6579 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6580 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6581 // concept definition. 6582 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6583 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6584 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6585 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6586 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6587 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6588 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6589 << 1 /*variable*/ 6590 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6591 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6592 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6593 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6594 } 6595 } 6596 } 6597 6598 if (NewTemplate) { 6599 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6600 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6601 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6602 : nullptr; 6603 6604 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6605 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6606 // template declaration. 6607 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6608 TemplateParams, 6609 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6610 : nullptr, 6611 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6612 DC->isDependentContext()) 6613 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6614 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6615 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6616 6617 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6618 // template, make a note of that. 6619 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6620 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6621 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6622 } 6623 } 6624 6625 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6626 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6627 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6628 6629 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6630 6631 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6632 // the map of such variables. 6633 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6634 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6635 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6636 6637 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6638 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6639 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6640 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6641 Context.setManglingNumber( 6642 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6643 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6644 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6645 } 6646 } 6647 6648 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6649 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6650 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6651 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6652 6653 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6654 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6655 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6656 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6657 6658 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6659 // behavior. 6660 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6661 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6662 } 6663 6664 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6665 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6666 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6667 IsMemberSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6668 } 6669 6670 if (NewTemplate) { 6671 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6672 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6673 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6674 return NewTemplate; 6675 } 6676 6677 return NewVD; 6678 } 6679 6680 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6681 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 6682 SDK_Local, 6683 SDK_Global, 6684 SDK_StaticMember, 6685 SDK_Field, 6686 SDK_Typedef, 6687 SDK_Using 6688 }; 6689 6690 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6691 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6692 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6693 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6694 return SDK_Using; 6695 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6696 return SDK_Typedef; 6697 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6698 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6699 6700 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6701 } 6702 6703 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6704 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6705 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6706 const VarDecl *VD) { 6707 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6708 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6709 return Capture.getLocation(); 6710 } 6711 return SourceLocation(); 6712 } 6713 6714 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 6715 const LookupResult &R) { 6716 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6717 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6718 return false; 6719 6720 // Return false if warning is ignored. 6721 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 6722 } 6723 6724 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6725 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6726 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 6727 const LookupResult &R) { 6728 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6729 return nullptr; 6730 6731 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6732 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6733 return nullptr; 6734 6735 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6736 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 6737 ? ShadowedDecl 6738 : nullptr; 6739 } 6740 6741 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 6742 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6743 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 6744 const LookupResult &R) { 6745 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6746 return nullptr; 6747 6748 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6749 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 6750 } 6751 6752 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6753 /// -Wshadow. 6754 /// 6755 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6756 /// scope. 6757 /// 6758 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 6759 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6760 /// 6761 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6762 const LookupResult &R) { 6763 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6764 6765 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6766 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6767 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6768 if (MD->isStatic()) 6769 return; 6770 6771 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6772 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6773 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 6774 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6775 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6776 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6777 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 6778 return; 6779 } 6780 } 6781 6782 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6783 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6784 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6785 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6786 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6787 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6788 ShadowedDecl = I; 6789 break; 6790 } 6791 } 6792 6793 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6794 6795 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 6796 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 6797 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 6798 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 6799 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 6800 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 6801 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 6802 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 6803 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 6804 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 6805 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 6806 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6807 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 6808 } else { 6809 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 6810 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 6811 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 6812 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 6813 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 6814 return; 6815 } 6816 } 6817 } 6818 } 6819 6820 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6821 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6822 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6823 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6824 return; 6825 6826 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6827 // static data members from base classes? 6828 6829 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6830 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6831 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6832 } 6833 6834 6835 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6836 6837 // Emit warning and note. 6838 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6839 return; 6840 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6841 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6842 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6843 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6844 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 6845 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6846 } 6847 6848 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 6849 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 6850 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 6851 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 6852 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 6853 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 6854 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 6855 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6856 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 6857 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 6858 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 6859 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 6860 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 6861 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6862 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6863 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 6864 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6865 } 6866 } 6867 6868 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6869 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6870 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6871 return; 6872 6873 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6874 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6875 LookupName(R, S); 6876 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 6877 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 6878 } 6879 6880 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6881 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6882 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6883 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6884 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6885 return; 6886 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6887 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6888 if (!DRE) 6889 return; 6890 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6891 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6892 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6893 return; 6894 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6895 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6896 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6897 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6898 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6899 6900 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6901 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6902 } 6903 6904 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6905 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6906 template<typename T> 6907 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6908 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6909 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6910 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6911 6912 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6913 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6914 // declaration. 6915 return false; 6916 } 6917 6918 if (Prev) { 6919 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6920 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6921 // redeclaration. 6922 Previous.clear(); 6923 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6924 return true; 6925 } 6926 6927 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6928 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6929 // declaration. 6930 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6931 return false; 6932 } else { 6933 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6934 // translation unit which might conflict. 6935 if (IsGlobal) { 6936 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6937 IsGlobal = false; 6938 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6939 I != E; ++I) { 6940 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6941 Prev = *I; 6942 break; 6943 } 6944 } 6945 } else { 6946 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6947 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6948 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6949 I != E; ++I) { 6950 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6951 Prev = *I; 6952 break; 6953 } 6954 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6955 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6956 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6957 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6958 // diagnostic. 6959 } 6960 } 6961 6962 if (!Prev) 6963 return false; 6964 } 6965 6966 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6967 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6968 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6969 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6970 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6971 else 6972 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6973 6974 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6975 << IsGlobal << ND; 6976 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6977 << IsGlobal; 6978 return false; 6979 } 6980 6981 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6982 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6983 /// 6984 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6985 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6986 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6987 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6988 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6989 template<typename T> 6990 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6991 LookupResult &Previous) { 6992 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6993 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6994 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6995 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6996 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6997 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6998 Previous.clear(); 6999 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7000 return true; 7001 } 7002 } 7003 return false; 7004 } 7005 7006 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7007 // declaration. 7008 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7009 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7010 7011 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7012 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7013 // in another scope. 7014 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7015 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7016 7017 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7018 return false; 7019 } 7020 7021 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7022 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7023 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7024 return; 7025 7026 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7027 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7028 7029 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7030 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7031 return; 7032 7033 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7034 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7035 7036 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7037 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7038 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7039 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7040 NewVD->setType(T); 7041 } 7042 7043 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7044 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7045 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7046 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7047 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 7048 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7049 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 7050 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7051 return; 7052 } 7053 7054 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7055 // scope. 7056 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7057 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7058 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7059 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7060 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7061 return; 7062 } 7063 7064 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7065 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7066 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7067 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7068 return; 7069 } 7070 7071 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7072 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7073 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7074 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7075 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7076 << 0 /*const*/; 7077 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7078 return; 7079 } 7080 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7081 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7082 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7083 return; 7084 } 7085 } 7086 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7087 // __constant address space. 7088 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7089 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7090 // address space. 7091 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7092 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7093 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7094 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7095 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7096 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 7097 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7098 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 7099 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7100 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7101 else 7102 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7103 << Scope << "constant"; 7104 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7105 return; 7106 } 7107 } else { 7108 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7109 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7110 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7111 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7112 return; 7113 } 7114 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 7115 // in functions. 7116 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7117 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7118 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7119 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7120 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7121 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7122 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7123 else 7124 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7125 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7126 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7127 return; 7128 } 7129 } 7130 } 7131 } 7132 7133 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7134 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7135 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7136 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7137 else { 7138 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7139 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7140 } 7141 } 7142 7143 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7144 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7145 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7146 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7147 7148 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7149 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7150 bool SizeIsNegative; 7151 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7152 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 7153 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 7154 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7155 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7156 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7157 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7158 // int a[10][n]; 7159 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7160 7161 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7162 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7163 << SizeRange; 7164 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7165 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7166 << SizeRange; 7167 else 7168 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7169 << SizeRange; 7170 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7171 return; 7172 } 7173 7174 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7175 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7176 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7177 else 7178 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7179 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7180 return; 7181 } 7182 7183 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7184 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 7185 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7186 } 7187 7188 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7189 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7190 // of objects and functions. 7191 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7192 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7193 << T; 7194 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7195 return; 7196 } 7197 } 7198 7199 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7200 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7201 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7202 return; 7203 } 7204 7205 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7206 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7207 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7208 return; 7209 } 7210 7211 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7212 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7213 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7214 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7215 return; 7216 } 7217 } 7218 7219 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7220 /// declaration. 7221 /// 7222 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7223 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7224 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7225 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7226 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7227 /// 7228 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7229 /// 7230 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7231 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7232 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7233 7234 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7235 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7236 return false; 7237 7238 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7239 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7240 if (Previous.empty() && 7241 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7242 Previous.setShadowed(); 7243 7244 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7245 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7246 return true; 7247 } 7248 return false; 7249 } 7250 7251 namespace { 7252 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7253 Sema *S; 7254 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7255 7256 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7257 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7258 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7259 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7260 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7261 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7262 7263 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7264 7265 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7266 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7267 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7268 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7269 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7270 7271 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7272 } 7273 7274 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7275 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7276 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7277 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7278 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7279 return true; 7280 } 7281 } 7282 7283 return false; 7284 } 7285 }; 7286 7287 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7288 } // end anonymous namespace 7289 7290 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7291 /// overriden methods. 7292 /// 7293 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7294 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7295 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7296 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7297 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7298 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7299 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7300 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7301 I != E; ++I) { 7302 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7303 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7304 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7305 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7306 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7307 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7308 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7309 } 7310 } 7311 7312 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7313 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7314 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7315 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7316 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7317 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7318 FOM.Method = MD; 7319 FOM.S = this; 7320 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7321 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7322 bool AddedAny = false; 7323 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7324 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7325 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7326 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7327 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7328 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7329 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7330 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7331 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7332 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7333 AddedAny = true; 7334 } 7335 } 7336 } 7337 } 7338 7339 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7340 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7341 } 7342 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7343 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7344 } 7345 7346 return AddedAny; 7347 } 7348 7349 namespace { 7350 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7351 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7352 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7353 Scope *S; 7354 Declarator &D; 7355 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7356 bool AddToScope; 7357 }; 7358 } // end anonymous namespace 7359 7360 namespace { 7361 7362 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7363 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7364 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7365 public: 7366 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7367 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7368 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7369 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7370 7371 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7372 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7373 return false; 7374 7375 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7376 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7377 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7378 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7379 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7380 7381 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7382 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7383 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7384 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7385 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7386 return true; 7387 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7388 return true; 7389 } 7390 } 7391 } 7392 7393 return false; 7394 } 7395 7396 private: 7397 ASTContext &Context; 7398 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7399 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7400 }; 7401 7402 } // end anonymous namespace 7403 7404 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7405 /// 7406 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7407 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7408 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7409 /// the same name. 7410 /// 7411 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7412 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7413 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7414 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7415 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7416 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7417 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7418 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7419 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7420 TypoCorrection Correction; 7421 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7422 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7423 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7424 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7425 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7426 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7427 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7428 7429 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7430 if (IsLocalFriend) 7431 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7432 else 7433 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7434 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7435 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7436 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7437 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7438 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7439 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7440 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7441 if (FD && 7442 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7443 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7444 // involve a parameter 7445 unsigned ParamNum = 7446 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7447 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7448 } 7449 } 7450 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7451 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7452 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7453 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7454 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7455 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7456 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7457 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7458 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7459 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7460 Previous.clear(); 7461 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7462 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7463 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7464 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7465 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7466 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7467 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7468 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7469 } 7470 } 7471 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7472 7473 NamedDecl *Result; 7474 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7475 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7476 { 7477 // Trap errors. 7478 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7479 7480 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7481 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7482 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7483 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7484 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7485 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7486 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7487 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7488 7489 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7490 Result = nullptr; 7491 } 7492 7493 if (Result) { 7494 // Determine which correction we picked. 7495 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7496 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7497 I != E; ++I) 7498 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7499 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7500 7501 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7502 Correction, 7503 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7504 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7505 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7506 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7507 return Result; 7508 } 7509 7510 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7511 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7512 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7513 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7514 Previous.clear(); 7515 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7516 } 7517 7518 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7519 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7520 7521 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7522 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7523 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7524 7525 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7526 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7527 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7528 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7529 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7530 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7531 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7532 7533 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7534 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7535 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7536 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7537 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7538 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7539 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7540 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7541 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7542 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7543 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7544 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7545 } else 7546 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7547 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7548 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7549 } 7550 return nullptr; 7551 } 7552 7553 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7554 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7555 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7556 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7557 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7558 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7559 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7560 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7561 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7562 D.setInvalidType(); 7563 break; 7564 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7565 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7566 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7567 return SC_None; 7568 return SC_Extern; 7569 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7570 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7571 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7572 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7573 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7574 // other than extern 7575 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7576 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7577 diag::err_static_block_func); 7578 break; 7579 } else 7580 return SC_Static; 7581 } 7582 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7583 } 7584 7585 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7586 return SC_None; 7587 } 7588 7589 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7590 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7591 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7592 StorageClass SC, 7593 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7594 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7595 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7596 7597 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7598 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7599 7600 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7601 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7602 // prototype. This true when: 7603 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7604 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7605 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7606 // function type). 7607 bool HasPrototype = 7608 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7609 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7610 7611 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7612 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7613 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7614 HasPrototype, false); 7615 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7616 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7617 7618 return NewFD; 7619 } 7620 7621 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7622 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7623 7624 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7625 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7626 // the class has been completely parsed. 7627 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7628 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7629 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7630 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7631 D.setInvalidType(); 7632 7633 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7634 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7635 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7636 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7637 7638 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7639 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7640 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7641 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7642 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7643 isConstexpr); 7644 7645 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7646 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7647 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7648 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7649 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7650 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7651 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7652 D.getLocStart(), 7653 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7654 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7655 7656 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7657 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7658 // it yet. 7659 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7660 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7661 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7662 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7663 } 7664 7665 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7666 return NewDD; 7667 7668 } else { 7669 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7670 D.setInvalidType(); 7671 7672 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7673 // code path. 7674 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7675 D.getLocStart(), 7676 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7677 SC, isInline, 7678 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7679 } 7680 7681 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7682 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7683 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7684 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7685 return nullptr; 7686 } 7687 7688 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7689 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7690 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7691 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7692 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7693 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7694 7695 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 7696 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7697 7698 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 7699 isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 7700 D.getLocEnd()); 7701 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7702 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7703 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7704 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7705 // constructor if it has no return type). 7706 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7707 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7708 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7709 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7710 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7711 return nullptr; 7712 } 7713 7714 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7715 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7716 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7717 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7718 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7719 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7720 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7721 return Ret; 7722 } else { 7723 bool isFriend = 7724 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7725 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7726 return nullptr; 7727 7728 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7729 // prototype. This true when: 7730 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7731 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7732 D.getLocStart(), 7733 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7734 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7735 } 7736 } 7737 7738 enum OpenCLParamType { 7739 ValidKernelParam, 7740 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7741 PtrKernelParam, 7742 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 7743 InvalidKernelParam, 7744 RecordKernelParam 7745 }; 7746 7747 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7748 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7749 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7750 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7751 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7752 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 7753 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0) 7754 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 7755 return PtrKernelParam; 7756 } 7757 7758 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7759 // be used as builtin types. 7760 7761 if (PT->isImageType()) 7762 return PtrKernelParam; 7763 7764 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7765 return InvalidKernelParam; 7766 7767 if (PT->isEventT()) 7768 return InvalidKernelParam; 7769 7770 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7771 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7772 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7773 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 7774 return InvalidKernelParam; 7775 7776 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7777 return RecordKernelParam; 7778 7779 return ValidKernelParam; 7780 } 7781 7782 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7783 Sema &S, 7784 Declarator &D, 7785 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7786 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7787 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7788 7789 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7790 // used again 7791 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7792 return; 7793 7794 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 7795 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7796 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7797 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7798 // pointer to a pointer type. 7799 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7800 D.setInvalidType(); 7801 return; 7802 7803 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 7804 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 7805 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 7806 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 7807 // __constant. 7808 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 7809 D.setInvalidType(); 7810 return; 7811 7812 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7813 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7814 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7815 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7816 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7817 7818 case InvalidKernelParam: 7819 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7820 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7821 // of event_t type. 7822 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 7823 // type for any function elsewhere. 7824 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 7825 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7826 D.setInvalidType(); 7827 return; 7828 7829 case PtrKernelParam: 7830 case ValidKernelParam: 7831 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7832 return; 7833 7834 case RecordKernelParam: 7835 break; 7836 } 7837 7838 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7839 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7840 7841 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7842 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7843 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7844 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7845 7846 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7847 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7848 7849 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7850 7851 do { 7852 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7853 if (!Next) { 7854 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7855 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7856 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7857 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7858 7859 continue; 7860 } 7861 7862 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7863 // field itself) to the history stack. 7864 const RecordDecl *RD; 7865 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7866 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7867 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7868 } else { 7869 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7870 } 7871 7872 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7873 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7874 7875 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7876 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7877 7878 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7879 continue; 7880 7881 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 7882 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7883 continue; 7884 7885 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7886 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7887 continue; 7888 } 7889 7890 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7891 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7892 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7893 // union. 7894 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7895 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 7896 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7897 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7898 << PT->isUnionType() 7899 << PT; 7900 } else { 7901 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7902 } 7903 7904 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7905 << PD->getDeclName(); 7906 7907 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7908 // the offending field came from 7909 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7910 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7911 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7912 I != E; ++I) { 7913 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7914 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7915 << OuterField->getType(); 7916 } 7917 7918 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7919 << QT->isPointerType() 7920 << QT; 7921 D.setInvalidType(); 7922 return; 7923 } 7924 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7925 } 7926 7927 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7928 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7929 /// nothing. 7930 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 7931 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7932 DC = DC->getParent(); 7933 return DC; 7934 } 7935 7936 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7937 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7938 /// nothing. 7939 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 7940 while (S->isClassScope() || 7941 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 7942 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7943 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7944 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 7945 S = S->getParent(); 7946 return S; 7947 } 7948 7949 NamedDecl* 7950 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7951 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7952 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7953 bool &AddToScope) { 7954 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7955 7956 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7957 7958 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7959 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7960 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7961 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7962 7963 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7964 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7965 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7966 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7967 7968 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7969 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7970 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7971 7972 bool isFriend = false; 7973 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7974 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 7975 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7976 7977 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7978 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7979 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7980 7981 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7982 7983 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7984 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7985 7986 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7987 isVirtualOkay); 7988 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7989 7990 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7991 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7992 7993 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7994 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7995 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7996 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7997 7998 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7999 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8000 8001 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8002 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8003 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8004 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 8005 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 8006 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 8007 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8008 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8009 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8010 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8011 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8012 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8013 } 8014 8015 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8016 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8017 // return true). 8018 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8019 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8020 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8021 NewFD->setPure(true); 8022 8023 // C++ [class.union]p2 8024 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8025 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8026 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8027 } 8028 8029 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 8030 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8031 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8032 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8033 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8034 8035 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8036 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8037 bool Invalid = false; 8038 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8039 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8040 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8041 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8042 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 8043 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8044 : nullptr, 8045 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8046 Invalid)) { 8047 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8048 // This is a function template 8049 8050 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8051 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8052 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8053 8054 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8055 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8056 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8057 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8058 } 8059 8060 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8061 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8062 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8063 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8064 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8065 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8066 Invalid = true; 8067 } 8068 8069 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8070 NewFD->getLocation(), 8071 Name, TemplateParams, 8072 NewFD); 8073 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8074 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8075 8076 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8077 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8078 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8079 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8080 } 8081 } else { 8082 // This is a function template specialization. 8083 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8084 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8085 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8086 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8087 8088 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8089 if (isFriend) { 8090 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8091 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8092 8093 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8094 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8095 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8096 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8097 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8098 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8099 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8100 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8101 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8102 } 8103 8104 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8105 << Name << RemoveRange 8106 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8107 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8108 } 8109 } 8110 } 8111 else { 8112 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8113 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8114 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8115 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8116 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8117 } 8118 8119 if (Invalid) { 8120 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8121 if (FunctionTemplate) 8122 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8123 } 8124 8125 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8126 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8127 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8128 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8129 // 8130 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8131 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8132 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8133 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8134 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8135 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8136 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8137 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8138 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8139 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8140 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8141 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8142 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8143 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8144 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8145 } else { 8146 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8147 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8148 } 8149 8150 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8151 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8152 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8153 } 8154 8155 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8156 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8157 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8158 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8159 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8160 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8161 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8162 // thing to do. 8163 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8164 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8165 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8166 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8167 QualType Result = 8168 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8169 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8170 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8171 } 8172 8173 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8174 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8175 // declaration. 8176 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8177 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8178 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8179 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8180 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8181 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8182 } 8183 } 8184 8185 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8186 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8187 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8188 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8189 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8190 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8191 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8192 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8193 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8194 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8195 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8196 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8197 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8198 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8199 // or conversion function. 8200 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8201 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8202 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8203 } 8204 } 8205 8206 if (isConstexpr) { 8207 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8208 // are implicitly inline. 8209 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8210 8211 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8212 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8213 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8214 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8215 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8216 } 8217 8218 if (isConcept) { 8219 // This is a function concept. 8220 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8221 FTD->setConcept(); 8222 8223 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8224 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8225 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8226 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8227 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8228 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8229 } 8230 8231 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8232 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8233 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8234 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8235 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8236 SourceRange Range; 8237 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8238 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8239 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8240 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8241 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8242 } else { 8243 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8244 } 8245 8246 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8247 // following restrictions: 8248 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8249 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8250 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8251 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8252 } 8253 8254 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8255 // following restrictions: 8256 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8257 // parameter list. 8258 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8259 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8260 } 8261 8262 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8263 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8264 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8265 8266 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8267 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8268 // specifiers, [...] 8269 if (isInline) { 8270 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8271 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8272 << 1 << 1; 8273 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8274 } 8275 8276 if (isFriend) { 8277 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8278 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8279 << 1 << 2; 8280 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8281 } 8282 8283 if (isConstexpr) { 8284 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8285 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8286 << 1 << 3; 8287 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8288 } 8289 8290 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8291 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8292 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8293 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8294 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8295 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8296 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8297 return NewFD; 8298 } 8299 } 8300 8301 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8302 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8303 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8304 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8305 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8306 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8307 << 0 8308 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8309 } else { 8310 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8311 if (FunctionTemplate) 8312 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8313 } 8314 } 8315 8316 if (isFriend) { 8317 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8318 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8319 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8320 } 8321 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8322 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8323 } 8324 8325 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8326 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8327 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8328 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8329 case FDK_Declaration: 8330 case FDK_Definition: 8331 break; 8332 8333 case FDK_Defaulted: 8334 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8335 break; 8336 8337 case FDK_Deleted: 8338 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8339 break; 8340 } 8341 8342 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8343 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8344 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8345 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8346 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8347 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8348 } 8349 8350 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8351 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8352 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8353 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8354 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8355 // the class. 8356 8357 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8358 // member function definition. 8359 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8360 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8361 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8362 } 8363 8364 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8365 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8366 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8367 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8368 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8369 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8370 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8371 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8372 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8373 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8374 } 8375 8376 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8377 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8378 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8379 isMemberSpecialization || 8380 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8381 8382 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8383 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8384 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8385 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8386 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8387 SE->getString(), 0)); 8388 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8389 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8390 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8391 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8392 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8393 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8394 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8395 } else 8396 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8397 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8398 } 8399 } 8400 8401 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8402 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8403 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8404 unsigned FTIIdx; 8405 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8406 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8407 8408 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8409 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8410 // single void argument. 8411 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8412 // already checks for that case. 8413 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8414 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8415 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8416 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8417 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8418 Params.push_back(Param); 8419 8420 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8421 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8422 } 8423 } 8424 8425 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8426 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8427 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8428 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8429 // the TU. 8430 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8431 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8432 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8433 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8434 8435 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8436 // instead. 8437 if (!TD) { 8438 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8439 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8440 } 8441 if (!TD) 8442 continue; 8443 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8444 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8445 continue; 8446 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8447 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8448 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8449 8450 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8451 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8452 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8453 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8454 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8455 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8456 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8457 } 8458 } 8459 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8460 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8461 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8462 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8463 // 8464 // @code 8465 // typedef void fn(int); 8466 // fn f; 8467 // @endcode 8468 8469 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8470 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8471 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8472 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8473 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8474 Params.push_back(Param); 8475 } 8476 } else { 8477 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8478 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8479 } 8480 8481 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8482 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8483 8484 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8485 NewFD->addAttr( 8486 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8487 Context, 0)); 8488 8489 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8490 // because all functions have linkage. 8491 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8492 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8493 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8494 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8495 } 8496 8497 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8498 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8499 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8500 NewFD->addAttr( 8501 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8502 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8503 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8504 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8505 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8506 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8507 NewFD)) 8508 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8509 } 8510 8511 // Handle attributes. 8512 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8513 8514 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8515 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8516 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8517 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8518 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8519 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8520 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8521 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8522 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8523 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8524 } 8525 } 8526 8527 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8528 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8529 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8530 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8531 8532 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8533 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8534 8535 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8536 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8537 isMemberSpecialization)); 8538 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8539 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8540 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8541 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8542 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8543 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8544 8545 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8546 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8547 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8548 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8549 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8550 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8551 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8552 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8553 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8554 int DiagID = 8555 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8556 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8557 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8558 } 8559 } 8560 } else { 8561 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8562 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8563 // 8564 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8565 // 8566 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8567 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8568 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8569 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8570 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8571 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8572 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8573 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8574 8575 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8576 // argument list into our AST format. 8577 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8578 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8579 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8580 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8581 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8582 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8583 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8584 TemplateArgs); 8585 8586 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8587 8588 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8589 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8590 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8591 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8592 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8593 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8594 8595 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8596 } else { 8597 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8598 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8599 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8600 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8601 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8602 } 8603 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8604 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8605 // wrote something like: 8606 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8607 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8608 // friend void foo<>(int); 8609 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8610 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8611 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8612 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8613 } 8614 8615 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8616 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8617 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8618 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8619 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8620 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8621 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8622 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8623 8624 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8625 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8626 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8627 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8628 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8629 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8630 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8631 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8632 TemplateArgs, 8633 InstantiationDependent))) { 8634 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8635 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8636 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8637 Previous)) 8638 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8639 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8640 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8641 && !isFriend) { 8642 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8643 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8644 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8645 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8646 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8647 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8648 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8649 : nullptr), 8650 Previous)) 8651 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8652 8653 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8654 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8655 // specialization (14.7.3) 8656 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8657 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8658 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8659 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8660 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8661 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8662 << SC 8663 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8664 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8665 8666 else 8667 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8668 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8669 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8670 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8671 } 8672 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8673 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8674 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8675 } 8676 8677 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8678 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8679 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8680 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8681 8682 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8683 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8684 8685 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8686 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8687 isMemberSpecialization)); 8688 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8689 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8690 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8691 } 8692 8693 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8694 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8695 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8696 8697 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8698 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8699 : NewFD); 8700 8701 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8702 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8703 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8704 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8705 8706 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8707 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8708 } 8709 8710 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8711 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8712 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8713 8714 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8715 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8716 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8717 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8718 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8719 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8720 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8721 : nullptr, 8722 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8723 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8724 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8725 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8726 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8727 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8728 DC->isDependentContext()) 8729 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8730 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8731 } 8732 8733 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8734 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8735 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8736 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8737 AddToScope }; 8738 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8739 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8740 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8741 8742 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8743 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8744 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8745 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8746 8747 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8748 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8749 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8750 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8751 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8752 // can actually do this check immediately. 8753 if (isFriend && 8754 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8755 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8756 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8757 // ignore these 8758 } else { 8759 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8760 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8761 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8762 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8763 // 8764 // class X { 8765 // void f() const; 8766 // }; 8767 // 8768 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8769 // 8770 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8771 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8772 // whether the parameter types are references). 8773 8774 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8775 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8776 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8777 return Result; 8778 } 8779 } 8780 8781 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8782 // to something. 8783 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8784 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8785 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8786 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8787 return Result; 8788 } 8789 } 8790 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8791 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8792 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8793 !isMemberSpecialization) { 8794 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8795 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8796 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8797 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8798 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8799 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8800 // generate them. 8801 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8802 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8803 } 8804 } 8805 8806 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8807 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8808 8809 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8810 8811 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8812 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8813 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8814 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8815 << NewFD; 8816 8817 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8818 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8819 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8820 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8821 EPI.Variadic = true; 8822 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8823 8824 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8825 NewFD->setType(R); 8826 } 8827 8828 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8829 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8830 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8831 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8832 8833 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8834 // marking the function. 8835 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8836 8837 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8838 // a pragma. 8839 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8840 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8841 8842 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8843 // the map of such variables. 8844 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8845 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8846 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8847 8848 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8849 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8850 8851 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8852 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8853 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8854 isMemberSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8855 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8856 } 8857 8858 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8859 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8860 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8861 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8862 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8863 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8864 8865 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8866 } 8867 8868 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8869 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8870 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8871 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8872 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8873 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8874 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8875 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8876 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8877 } 8878 } 8879 8880 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8881 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8882 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8883 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8884 return FunctionTemplate; 8885 } 8886 } 8887 8888 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8889 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8890 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8891 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8892 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8893 D.setInvalidType(); 8894 } 8895 8896 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8897 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8898 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8899 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8900 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8901 : FixItHint()); 8902 D.setInvalidType(); 8903 } 8904 8905 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8906 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8907 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8908 } 8909 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8910 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8911 8912 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8913 // types. 8914 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8915 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8916 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8917 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8918 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8919 D.setInvalidType(); 8920 } 8921 } 8922 } 8923 } 8924 8925 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8926 8927 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8928 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8929 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8930 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8931 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8932 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8933 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8934 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8935 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8936 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8937 AddToScope = false; 8938 } 8939 8940 return NewFD; 8941 } 8942 8943 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 8944 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 8945 /// 8946 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 8947 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 8948 /// same declaration name. 8949 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 8950 /// belongs to. 8951 /// 8952 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 8953 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 8954 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 8955 // namespace scope. 8956 // 8957 // This allows to compile code like: 8958 // 8959 // void func(); 8960 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 8961 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 8962 // 8963 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 8964 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8965 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8966 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 8967 } 8968 8969 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8970 /// 8971 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8972 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8973 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8974 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8975 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8976 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8977 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8978 /// 8979 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8980 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 8981 /// previous declaration). 8982 /// 8983 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8984 /// 8985 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8986 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8987 LookupResult &Previous, 8988 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 8989 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8990 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8991 8992 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8993 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8994 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8995 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8996 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8997 8998 bool Redeclaration = false; 8999 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 9000 9001 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 9002 // the same name, if appropriate. 9003 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9004 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 9005 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 9006 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 9007 // function to the scope. 9008 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 9009 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9010 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 9011 Redeclaration = true; 9012 OldDecl = Candidate; 9013 } 9014 } else { 9015 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 9016 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 9017 case Ovl_Match: 9018 Redeclaration = true; 9019 break; 9020 9021 case Ovl_NonFunction: 9022 Redeclaration = true; 9023 break; 9024 9025 case Ovl_Overload: 9026 Redeclaration = false; 9027 break; 9028 } 9029 9030 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9031 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 9032 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 9033 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 9034 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 9035 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 9036 if (Redeclaration) 9037 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 9038 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9039 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9040 if (OverloadedDecl) 9041 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 9042 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 9043 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9044 } 9045 } 9046 } 9047 9048 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 9049 if (!Redeclaration && 9050 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 9051 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9052 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 9053 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 9054 Redeclaration = true; 9055 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 9056 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9057 9058 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 9059 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9060 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9061 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 9062 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 9063 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 9064 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 9065 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9066 } 9067 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 9068 Redeclaration = false; 9069 OldDecl = nullptr; 9070 } 9071 } 9072 } 9073 } 9074 9075 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 9076 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 9077 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 9078 // 9079 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 9080 // definition of a static member function. 9081 // 9082 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 9083 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 9084 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 9085 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 9086 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 9087 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 9088 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 9089 if (OldDecl) 9090 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 9091 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 9092 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9093 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9094 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 9095 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 9096 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 9097 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 9098 9099 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 9100 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 9101 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 9102 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 9103 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 9104 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 9105 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 9106 9107 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 9108 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 9109 } 9110 } 9111 } 9112 9113 if (Redeclaration) { 9114 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 9115 // merged. 9116 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 9117 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9118 return Redeclaration; 9119 } 9120 9121 Previous.clear(); 9122 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 9123 9124 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 9125 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 9126 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 9127 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 9128 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 9129 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 9130 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 9131 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 9132 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9133 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9134 } 9135 9136 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 9137 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 9138 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 9139 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 9140 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 9141 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 9142 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 9143 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 9144 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 9145 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 9146 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9147 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 9148 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 9149 } 9150 } 9151 9152 } else { 9153 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 9154 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 9155 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 9156 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 9157 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 9158 } 9159 } 9160 } 9161 9162 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 9163 9164 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9165 // C++-specific checks. 9166 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9167 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 9168 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9169 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9170 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 9171 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 9172 9173 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 9174 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 9175 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 9176 DeclarationName Name 9177 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 9178 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 9179 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 9180 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 9181 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9182 return Redeclaration; 9183 } 9184 } 9185 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 9186 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9187 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 9188 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 9189 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9190 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 9191 9192 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 9193 // explicitly specialized. 9194 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 9195 Diag(Guide->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 9196 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 9197 } 9198 9199 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 9200 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9201 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 9202 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 9203 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 9204 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 9205 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 9206 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9207 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 9208 } 9209 } 9210 } 9211 9212 if (Method->isStatic()) 9213 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 9214 } 9215 9216 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9217 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9218 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9219 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9220 return Redeclaration; 9221 } 9222 9223 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9224 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9225 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9226 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9227 return Redeclaration; 9228 } 9229 9230 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9231 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9232 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9233 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9234 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9235 9236 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9237 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9238 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9239 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9240 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9241 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9242 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9243 // specification, that's OK. 9244 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9245 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9246 if (!T.isNull() && 9247 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 9248 NewFD->getType())) 9249 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9250 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9251 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9252 } 9253 9254 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9255 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9256 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9257 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9258 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9259 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9260 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9261 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9262 << NewFD << R; 9263 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9264 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9265 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9266 } 9267 9268 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9269 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9270 // [is] part of the function type 9271 // 9272 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9273 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9274 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9275 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9276 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9277 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9278 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9279 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9280 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9281 // restricted prior to C++17. 9282 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9283 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9284 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9285 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9286 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9287 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9288 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9289 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context)) 9290 return true; 9291 return false; 9292 }; 9293 9294 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9295 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9296 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9297 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9298 if (AnyNoexcept) 9299 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9300 diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9301 << NewFD; 9302 } 9303 9304 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9305 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9306 } 9307 return Redeclaration; 9308 } 9309 9310 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9311 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9312 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9313 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9314 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9315 // appear in a declaration of main. 9316 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9317 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9318 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9319 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9320 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9321 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9322 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9323 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9324 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9325 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9326 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9327 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9328 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9329 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9330 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9331 } 9332 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9333 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9334 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9335 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9336 } 9337 9338 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9339 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9340 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9341 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9342 return; 9343 } 9344 9345 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9346 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9347 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9348 9349 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9350 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9351 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9352 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9353 9354 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9355 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9356 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9357 else { 9358 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9359 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9360 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9361 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9362 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9363 } 9364 } else { 9365 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9366 // set the flag which tells us that. 9367 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9368 9369 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9370 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9371 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9372 else { 9373 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9374 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9375 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9376 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9377 : FixItHint()); 9378 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9379 } 9380 } 9381 9382 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9383 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9384 9385 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9386 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9387 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9388 9389 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9390 9391 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9392 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9393 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9394 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9395 } 9396 9397 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9398 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9399 // getting shifty. 9400 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9401 HasExtraParameters = false; 9402 9403 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9404 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9405 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9406 nparams = 3; 9407 } 9408 9409 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9410 // if we had some location information about types. 9411 9412 QualType CharPP = 9413 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9414 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9415 9416 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9417 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9418 9419 bool mismatch = true; 9420 9421 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9422 mismatch = false; 9423 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9424 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9425 // char const ** 9426 // char const * const * 9427 // char * const * 9428 9429 QualifierCollector qs; 9430 const PointerType* PT; 9431 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9432 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9433 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9434 Context.CharTy)) { 9435 qs.removeConst(); 9436 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9437 } 9438 } 9439 9440 if (mismatch) { 9441 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9442 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9443 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9444 } 9445 } 9446 9447 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9448 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9449 } 9450 9451 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9452 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9453 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9454 } 9455 } 9456 9457 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9458 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9459 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9460 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9461 9462 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9463 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9464 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9465 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9466 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9467 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9468 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9469 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9470 9471 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9472 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9473 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9474 } 9475 } 9476 9477 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9478 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9479 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9480 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9481 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9482 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9483 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9484 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9485 // rules there don't matter.) 9486 const Expr *Culprit; 9487 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9488 return false; 9489 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9490 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9491 return true; 9492 } 9493 9494 namespace { 9495 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9496 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9497 class SelfReferenceChecker 9498 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9499 Sema &S; 9500 Decl *OrigDecl; 9501 bool isRecordType; 9502 bool isPODType; 9503 bool isReferenceType; 9504 9505 bool isInitList; 9506 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9507 9508 public: 9509 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9510 9511 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9512 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9513 isPODType = false; 9514 isRecordType = false; 9515 isReferenceType = false; 9516 isInitList = false; 9517 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9518 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9519 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9520 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9521 } 9522 } 9523 9524 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9525 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9526 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9527 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9528 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9529 if (!InitList) { 9530 Visit(E); 9531 return; 9532 } 9533 9534 // Track and increment the index here. 9535 isInitList = true; 9536 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9537 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9538 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9539 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9540 } 9541 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9542 } 9543 9544 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 9545 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9546 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9547 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9548 Expr *Base = E; 9549 bool ReferenceField = false; 9550 9551 // Get the field memebers used. 9552 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9553 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9554 if (!FD) 9555 return false; 9556 Fields.push_back(FD); 9557 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9558 ReferenceField = true; 9559 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9560 } 9561 9562 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9563 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9564 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9565 return false; 9566 9567 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9568 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9569 return true; 9570 9571 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9572 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9573 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9574 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9575 9576 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9577 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9578 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9579 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9580 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9581 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9582 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9583 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9584 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9585 return true; 9586 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9587 break; 9588 } 9589 9590 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9591 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9592 return true; 9593 } 9594 9595 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9596 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9597 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9598 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9599 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9600 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9601 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9602 return; 9603 } 9604 9605 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9606 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9607 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9608 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9609 return; 9610 } 9611 9612 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9613 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9614 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9615 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9616 return; 9617 } 9618 9619 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9620 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9621 return; 9622 } 9623 9624 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9625 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9626 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9627 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9628 return; 9629 } 9630 } 9631 9632 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9633 if (isInitList) { 9634 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9635 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9636 return; 9637 } 9638 9639 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9640 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9641 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9642 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9643 return; 9644 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9645 } 9646 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9647 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9648 return; 9649 } 9650 9651 Visit(E); 9652 } 9653 9654 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9655 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9656 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9657 if (isReferenceType) 9658 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9659 } 9660 9661 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9662 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9663 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9664 return; 9665 } 9666 9667 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9668 } 9669 9670 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9671 if (isInitList) { 9672 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9673 return; 9674 } 9675 9676 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9677 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9678 9679 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9680 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9681 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9682 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9683 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9684 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9685 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9686 Warn = false; 9687 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9688 } 9689 9690 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9691 if (Warn) 9692 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9693 return; 9694 } 9695 9696 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9697 // Visit that expression. 9698 Visit(Base); 9699 } 9700 9701 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9702 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9703 9704 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9705 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9706 9707 Visit(Callee); 9708 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9709 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9710 } 9711 9712 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9713 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9714 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9715 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9716 if (!isPODType) 9717 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9718 return; 9719 } 9720 9721 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9722 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9723 return; 9724 } 9725 9726 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9727 } 9728 9729 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9730 9731 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9732 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9733 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9734 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9735 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9736 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9737 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9738 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9739 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9740 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9741 return; 9742 } 9743 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9744 } 9745 9746 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9747 // Treat std::move as a use. 9748 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9749 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9750 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9751 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9752 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9753 return; 9754 } 9755 } 9756 } 9757 9758 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9759 } 9760 9761 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9762 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9763 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9764 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9765 return; 9766 } 9767 9768 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9769 } 9770 9771 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9772 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9773 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9774 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9775 Visit(E->getCond()); 9776 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9777 } 9778 9779 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9780 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9781 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9782 unsigned diag; 9783 if (isReferenceType) { 9784 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9785 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9786 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9787 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9788 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9789 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9790 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9791 } else { 9792 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9793 return; 9794 } 9795 9796 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9797 S.PDiag(diag) 9798 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9799 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9800 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9801 } 9802 }; 9803 9804 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9805 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9806 bool DirectInit) { 9807 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9808 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9809 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9810 return; 9811 9812 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9813 9814 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9815 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9816 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9817 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9818 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9819 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9820 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9821 return; 9822 9823 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9824 } 9825 } // end anonymous namespace 9826 9827 namespace { 9828 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 9829 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 9830 struct VarDeclOrName { 9831 VarDecl *VDecl; 9832 DeclarationName Name; 9833 9834 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 9835 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 9836 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 9837 } 9838 }; 9839 } // end anonymous namespace 9840 9841 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9842 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9843 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9844 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9845 Expr *Init) { 9846 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9847 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9848 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9849 9850 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 9851 9852 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 9853 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 9854 9855 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9856 if (!Init) { 9857 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 9858 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9859 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 9860 return QualType(); 9861 } 9862 9863 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits = Init; 9864 if (DirectInit) { 9865 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9866 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9867 } 9868 9869 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 9870 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 9871 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9872 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 9873 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 9874 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 9875 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 9876 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 9877 InitsCopy); 9878 } 9879 9880 if (DirectInit) { 9881 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9882 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9883 } 9884 9885 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9886 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9887 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9888 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9889 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9890 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9891 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9892 << VN << Type << Range; 9893 return QualType(); 9894 } 9895 9896 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9897 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9898 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9899 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9900 << VN << Type << Range; 9901 return QualType(); 9902 } 9903 9904 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9905 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9906 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9907 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9908 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9909 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 9910 return QualType(); 9911 } 9912 9913 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9914 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9915 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9916 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9917 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9918 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9919 return QualType(); 9920 } 9921 Init = Result.get(); 9922 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9923 } 9924 9925 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 9926 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 9927 // is present, e has type cv A 9928 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 9929 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 9930 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 9931 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 9932 Type.getQualifiers()); 9933 9934 QualType DeducedType; 9935 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9936 if (!IsInitCapture) 9937 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9938 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9939 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9940 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9941 << VN 9942 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9943 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9944 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9945 else 9946 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9947 << VN << TSI->getType() 9948 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9949 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9950 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9951 } 9952 9953 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9954 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9955 // checks. 9956 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9957 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9958 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 9959 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9960 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9961 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 9962 } 9963 9964 return DeducedType; 9965 } 9966 9967 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 9968 Expr *Init) { 9969 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9970 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 9971 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9972 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9973 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9974 return true; 9975 } 9976 9977 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9978 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9979 9980 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9981 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9982 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9983 9984 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9985 // the previously declared type. 9986 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9987 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9988 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9989 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9990 } 9991 9992 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9993 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9994 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 9995 } 9996 9997 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9998 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9999 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 10000 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 10001 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 10002 // the initializer. 10003 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10004 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 10005 return; 10006 } 10007 10008 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10009 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 10010 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 10011 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 10012 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 10013 return; 10014 } 10015 10016 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 10017 if (!VDecl) { 10018 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 10019 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 10020 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10021 return; 10022 } 10023 10024 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 10025 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10026 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 10027 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 10028 // TypoExpr. 10029 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 10030 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 10031 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10032 return; 10033 } 10034 Init = Res.get(); 10035 10036 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 10037 return; 10038 } 10039 10040 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 10041 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10042 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 10043 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10044 return; 10045 } 10046 10047 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 10048 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 10049 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 10050 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10051 return; 10052 } 10053 10054 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 10055 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 10056 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 10057 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 10058 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 10059 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 10060 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 10061 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 10062 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10063 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10064 return; 10065 } 10066 10067 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10068 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 10069 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10070 AbstractVariableType)) 10071 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10072 } 10073 10074 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 10075 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 10076 // handle the situation. 10077 VarDecl *Def; 10078 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 10079 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 10080 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 10081 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 10082 return; 10083 10084 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10085 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 10086 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 10087 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10088 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 10089 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 10090 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 10091 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 10092 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 10093 // 10094 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 10095 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 10096 // declaration with an initializer. 10097 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 10098 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 10099 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 10100 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 10101 diag::note_previous_initializer) 10102 << 0; 10103 return; 10104 } 10105 10106 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 10107 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10108 10109 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 10110 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10111 return; 10112 } 10113 } 10114 10115 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 10116 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 10117 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 10118 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 10119 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10120 return; 10121 } 10122 10123 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 10124 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 10125 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 10126 10127 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 10128 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 10129 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 10130 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 10131 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10132 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10133 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10134 return; 10135 } 10136 Init = Result.get(); 10137 } 10138 10139 // Perform the initialization. 10140 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 10141 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10142 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10143 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10144 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10145 10146 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 10147 if (CXXDirectInit) 10148 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 10149 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 10150 10151 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 10152 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 10153 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 10154 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 10155 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 10156 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 10157 }); 10158 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 10159 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10160 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 10161 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 10162 } 10163 } 10164 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10165 return; 10166 10167 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 10168 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 10169 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 10170 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 10171 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10172 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10173 return; 10174 } 10175 10176 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 10177 } 10178 10179 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 10180 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 10181 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 10182 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 10183 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 10184 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 10185 } 10186 10187 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 10188 // completed by the initializer. For example: 10189 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 10190 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 10191 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 10192 VDecl->setType(DclT); 10193 10194 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10195 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 10196 10197 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 10198 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 10199 10200 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 10201 // Although this code can still have problems: 10202 // id x = self.weakProp; 10203 // id y = self.weakProp; 10204 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 10205 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 10206 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 10207 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 10208 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 10209 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 10210 Init->getLocStart())) 10211 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 10212 } 10213 10214 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 10215 // 10216 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 10217 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 10218 // full-expression. For instance, in: 10219 // 10220 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 10221 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 10222 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 10223 // 10224 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 10225 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 10226 false, 10227 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 10228 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10229 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10230 return; 10231 } 10232 Init = Result.get(); 10233 10234 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10235 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10236 10237 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10238 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10239 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10240 // C++ does not have this restriction. 10241 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10242 const Expr *Culprit; 10243 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10244 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10245 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 10246 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10247 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10248 // constant expressions. 10249 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10250 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 10251 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10252 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10253 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10254 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10255 } 10256 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10257 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10258 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10259 // 10260 // struct S { 10261 // static const int value = 17; 10262 // }; 10263 10264 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10265 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10266 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10267 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10268 // 10269 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10270 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10271 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10272 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 10273 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10274 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10275 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10276 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10277 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10278 10279 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10280 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10281 10282 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10283 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10284 // type. 10285 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10286 10287 // Require constness. 10288 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10289 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10290 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10291 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10292 10293 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10294 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10295 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10296 SourceLocation Loc; 10297 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10298 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10299 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10300 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10301 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10302 ; // Nothing to check. 10303 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10304 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10305 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10306 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10307 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10308 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10309 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10310 } else { 10311 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10312 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10313 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10314 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10315 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10316 } 10317 10318 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10319 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10320 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10321 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10322 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10323 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10324 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10325 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10326 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10327 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10328 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10329 } else { 10330 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10331 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10332 10333 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10334 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10335 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10336 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10337 } 10338 } 10339 10340 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10341 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10342 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10343 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10344 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10345 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10346 10347 } else { 10348 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10349 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10350 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10351 } 10352 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10353 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10354 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10355 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10356 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10357 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10358 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10359 // C++ rules. 10360 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10361 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10362 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10363 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10364 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10365 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10366 10367 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10368 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10369 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10370 } 10371 10372 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10373 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10374 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10375 // 10376 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10377 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10378 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10379 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10380 // special case code. 10381 10382 // C++ 8.5p11: 10383 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10384 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10385 // class type. 10386 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10387 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10388 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10389 } else if (DirectInit) { 10390 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10391 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10392 } 10393 10394 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10395 } 10396 10397 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10398 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10399 /// of sanity. 10400 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10401 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10402 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10403 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10404 10405 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10406 if (!VD) return; 10407 10408 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10409 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10410 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10411 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10412 10413 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10414 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10415 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10416 return; 10417 } 10418 10419 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10420 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10421 10422 // Require a complete type. 10423 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10424 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10425 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10426 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10427 return; 10428 } 10429 10430 // Require a non-abstract type. 10431 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10432 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10433 AbstractVariableType)) { 10434 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10435 return; 10436 } 10437 10438 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10439 // though. 10440 } 10441 10442 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 10443 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10444 if (!RealDecl) 10445 return; 10446 10447 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10448 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10449 10450 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10451 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10452 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10453 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10454 return; 10455 } 10456 10457 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 10458 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 10459 return; 10460 10461 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10462 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10463 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10464 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10465 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10466 // member. 10467 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10468 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10469 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10470 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10471 // a definition there. 10472 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10473 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10474 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10475 << Var->getDeclName(); 10476 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10477 return; 10478 } 10479 } else { 10480 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10481 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10482 return; 10483 } 10484 } 10485 10486 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10487 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10488 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10489 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10490 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10491 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10492 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10493 return; 10494 } 10495 } 10496 10497 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10498 // be initialized. 10499 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10500 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10501 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10502 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10503 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10504 return; 10505 } 10506 10507 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10508 case VarDecl::Definition: 10509 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10510 break; 10511 10512 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10513 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10514 // a declaration. 10515 // 10516 // Fall through 10517 10518 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10519 // It's only a declaration. 10520 10521 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10522 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10523 // object shall be complete. 10524 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10525 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10526 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10527 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10528 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10529 10530 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10531 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10532 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10533 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10534 AbstractVariableType)) 10535 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10536 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10537 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10538 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10539 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10540 } 10541 10542 return; 10543 10544 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10545 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10546 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10547 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10548 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10549 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10550 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10551 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10552 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10553 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10554 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10555 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10556 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10557 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10558 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10559 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10560 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10561 // NOTE: code such as the following 10562 // static struct s; 10563 // struct s { int a; }; 10564 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10565 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10566 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10567 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10568 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10569 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10570 } 10571 } 10572 10573 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10574 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10575 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10576 return; 10577 } 10578 10579 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10580 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10581 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10582 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10583 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10584 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10585 return; 10586 } 10587 10588 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10589 // definitions with reference type. 10590 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10591 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10592 << Var->getDeclName() 10593 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10594 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10595 return; 10596 } 10597 10598 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10599 // variable with dependent type. 10600 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10601 return; 10602 10603 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10604 return; 10605 10606 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10607 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10608 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10609 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10610 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10611 return; 10612 } 10613 } else { 10614 return; 10615 } 10616 10617 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10618 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10619 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10620 AbstractVariableType)) { 10621 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10622 return; 10623 } 10624 10625 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10626 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10627 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10628 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10629 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10630 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10631 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10632 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10633 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10634 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10635 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10636 if (const RecordType *Record 10637 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10638 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10639 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10640 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10641 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10642 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10643 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10644 } 10645 } 10646 10647 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10648 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10649 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10650 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10651 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10652 // type shall have a user-declared default 10653 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10654 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10655 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10656 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10657 // program is ill-formed. 10658 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10659 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10660 // default-initialized; [...]. 10661 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10662 InitializationKind Kind 10663 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10664 10665 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10666 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10667 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10668 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10669 else if (Init.get()) { 10670 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10671 // This is important for template substitution. 10672 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10673 } 10674 10675 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10676 } 10677 } 10678 10679 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10680 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10681 if (!D) 10682 return; 10683 10684 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10685 if (!VD) { 10686 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10687 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10688 return; 10689 } 10690 10691 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10692 10693 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10694 int Error = -1; 10695 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10696 case SC_None: 10697 break; 10698 case SC_Extern: 10699 Error = 0; 10700 break; 10701 case SC_Static: 10702 Error = 1; 10703 break; 10704 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10705 Error = 2; 10706 break; 10707 case SC_Auto: 10708 Error = 3; 10709 break; 10710 case SC_Register: 10711 Error = 4; 10712 break; 10713 } 10714 if (Error != -1) { 10715 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10716 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10717 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10718 } 10719 } 10720 10721 StmtResult 10722 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10723 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10724 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10725 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10726 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10727 // A range-based for statement of the form 10728 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10729 // is equivalent to 10730 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10731 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10732 10733 const char *PrevSpec; 10734 unsigned DiagID; 10735 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10736 getPrintingPolicy()); 10737 10738 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10739 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10740 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10741 10742 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10743 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10744 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10745 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10746 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10747 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10748 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10749 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10750 } 10751 10752 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10753 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10754 10755 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10756 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10757 // initialiser 10758 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10759 !var->hasInit()) { 10760 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10761 << 1 /*Init*/; 10762 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10763 return; 10764 } 10765 } 10766 10767 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10768 // local retaining variable. 10769 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10770 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10771 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10772 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10773 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10774 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10775 break; 10776 10777 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10778 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10779 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10780 break; 10781 } 10782 } 10783 10784 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10785 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10786 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10787 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10788 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10789 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10790 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10791 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10792 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10793 var->getLocation())) { 10794 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10795 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10796 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10797 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10798 10799 if (!prev) 10800 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10801 } 10802 10803 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 10804 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 10805 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 10806 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 10807 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 10808 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10809 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 10810 return *CacheHasConstInit; 10811 }; 10812 10813 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10814 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10815 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10816 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10817 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10818 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10820 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10821 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 10822 if (!checkConstInit()) { 10823 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10824 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10825 // initialization. 10826 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10827 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10828 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 10829 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10830 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10831 } 10832 } 10833 } 10834 10835 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10836 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10837 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10838 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 10839 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10840 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10841 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10842 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10843 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10844 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10845 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10846 } else { 10847 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10848 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10849 } 10850 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10851 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10852 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10853 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10854 } 10855 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10856 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10857 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10858 10859 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10860 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10861 // attribute. 10862 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10863 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10864 CurInitSegLoc)); 10865 } 10866 10867 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10868 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10869 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 10870 // current module. 10871 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10872 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10873 return; 10874 } 10875 10876 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 10877 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 10878 10879 QualType type = var->getType(); 10880 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10881 10882 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10883 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10884 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10885 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10886 10887 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10888 // constructing this copy. 10889 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10890 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope( 10891 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); 10892 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10893 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10894 ExprResult result 10895 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10896 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10897 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10898 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10899 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10900 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10901 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10902 } 10903 } 10904 } 10905 10906 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10907 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10908 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10909 10910 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10911 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10912 10913 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10914 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10915 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10916 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10917 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10918 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10919 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10920 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10921 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10922 Notes.clear(); 10923 } 10924 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10925 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10926 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10927 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10928 } 10929 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10930 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10931 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10932 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10933 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10934 } 10935 10936 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 10937 // were just diagnosed. 10938 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 10939 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 10940 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 10941 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 10942 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 10943 if (DiagErr) { 10944 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 10945 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 10946 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10947 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 10948 << attr->getRange(); 10949 } 10950 } 10951 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 10952 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10953 var->getLocation())) { 10954 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10955 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10956 // warned about them. 10957 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10958 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 10959 if (!checkConstInit()) 10960 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10961 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10962 } 10963 } 10964 } 10965 10966 // Require the destructor. 10967 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10968 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10969 10970 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 10971 // module. 10972 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10973 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10974 } 10975 10976 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10977 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10978 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10979 return true; 10980 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10981 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10982 return true; 10983 return false; 10984 } 10985 10986 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10987 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10988 void 10989 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10990 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10991 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10992 10993 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10994 if (!VD) 10995 return; 10996 10997 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 10998 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 10999 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 11000 } 11001 } 11002 11003 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 11004 11005 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 11006 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 11007 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 11008 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 11009 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 11010 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 11011 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 11012 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11013 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 11014 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 11015 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 11016 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 11017 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 11018 } 11019 } 11020 } 11021 11022 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 11023 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 11024 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 11025 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 11026 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 11027 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 11028 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 11029 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 11030 } 11031 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 11032 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 11033 // static storage class. 11034 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 11035 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 11036 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 11037 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 11038 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11039 } 11040 } 11041 11042 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 11043 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 11044 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 11045 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 11046 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 11047 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 11048 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 11049 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 11050 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 11051 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 11052 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 11053 bool AllowedInit = false; 11054 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 11055 AllowedInit = 11056 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 11057 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 11058 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 11059 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 11060 if (!AllowedInit && 11061 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 11062 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11063 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 11064 11065 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 11066 if (AllowedInit) 11067 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 11068 AllowedInit = 11069 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 11070 11071 if (!AllowedInit) { 11072 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 11073 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 11074 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 11075 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11076 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11077 } 11078 } else { 11079 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 11080 // callable from the host side. 11081 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 11082 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 11083 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 11084 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 11085 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 11086 } 11087 if (InitFn) { 11088 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 11089 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 11090 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 11091 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 11092 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 11093 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11094 } 11095 } 11096 } 11097 } 11098 } 11099 11100 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 11101 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 11102 11103 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 11104 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 11105 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 11106 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11107 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 11108 // with a warning. 11109 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 11110 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 11111 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 11112 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 11113 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11114 11115 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 11116 IsClassTemplateMember 11117 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 11118 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 11119 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11120 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 11121 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11122 } 11123 } 11124 11125 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 11126 // isn't exported with the variable. 11127 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 11128 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 11129 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 11130 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 11131 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 11132 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 11133 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 11134 } else { 11135 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 11136 << DLLAttr; 11137 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11138 } 11139 } 11140 11141 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 11142 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11143 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 11144 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 11145 } 11146 } 11147 11148 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 11149 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 11150 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 11151 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 11152 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 11153 11154 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 11155 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 11156 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 11157 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 11158 11159 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 11160 // tag values. 11161 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 11162 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 11163 return; 11164 11165 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 11166 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 11167 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 11168 continue; 11169 } 11170 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 11171 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 11172 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11173 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 11174 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11175 continue; 11176 } 11177 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 11178 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11179 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 11180 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11181 continue; 11182 } 11183 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 11184 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 11185 MagicValue, 11186 I->getMatchingCType(), 11187 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 11188 I->getMustBeNull()); 11189 } 11190 } 11191 11192 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 11193 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 11194 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 11195 } 11196 11197 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 11198 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11199 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 11200 11201 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 11202 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 11203 11204 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11205 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11206 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 11207 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 11208 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 11209 11210 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11211 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 11212 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 11213 // to perform. 11214 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 11215 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 11216 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 11217 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11218 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 11219 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 11220 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 11221 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 11222 11223 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 11224 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 11225 // declaration in the same group. 11226 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11227 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11228 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11229 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11230 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11231 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11232 } 11233 11234 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 11235 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 11236 // declarator in the same group. 11237 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 11238 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 11239 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 11240 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 11241 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 11242 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11243 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11244 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 11245 } 11246 } 11247 } 11248 11249 Decls.push_back(D); 11250 } 11251 } 11252 11253 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11254 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11255 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11256 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11257 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11258 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11259 } 11260 } 11261 11262 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 11263 } 11264 11265 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11266 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11267 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11268 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11269 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 11270 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 11271 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11272 if (Group.size() > 1) { 11273 QualType Deduced; 11274 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11275 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11276 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 11277 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 11278 break; 11279 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 11280 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 11281 continue; 11282 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11283 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 11284 DeducedDecl = D; 11285 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 11286 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 11287 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11288 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11289 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 11290 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11291 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 11292 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11293 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11294 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11295 break; 11296 } 11297 } 11298 } 11299 11300 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11301 11302 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11303 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11304 } 11305 11306 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11307 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11308 } 11309 11310 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11311 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11312 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11313 return; 11314 11315 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11316 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11317 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11318 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11319 return; 11320 11321 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11322 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11323 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11324 // additional declaration references: 11325 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11326 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11327 // 'struct S *pS;' 11328 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11329 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11330 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11331 Group = Group.slice(1); 11332 } 11333 } 11334 11335 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11336 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11337 if (!Comments.empty() && 11338 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11339 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11340 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11341 // 11342 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11343 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11344 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11345 // ahead through comments. 11346 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11347 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11348 } 11349 } 11350 11351 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11352 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11353 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11354 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11355 11356 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11357 11358 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11359 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11360 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11361 SC = SC_Register; 11362 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11363 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11364 SC = SC_Auto; 11365 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11366 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11367 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11368 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11369 } 11370 11371 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11372 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11373 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11374 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11375 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11376 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11377 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11378 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11379 << 0; 11380 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11381 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11382 11383 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11384 11385 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11386 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11387 11388 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11389 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11390 // parameter. 11391 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11392 11393 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11394 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11395 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11396 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11397 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11398 } 11399 } 11400 11401 // Ensure we have a valid name 11402 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11403 if (D.hasName()) { 11404 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11405 if (!II) { 11406 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11407 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11408 D.setInvalidType(true); 11409 } 11410 } 11411 11412 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11413 if (II) { 11414 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11415 ForRedeclaration); 11416 LookupName(R, S); 11417 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11418 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11419 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11420 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11421 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11422 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11423 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11424 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11425 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11426 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11427 11428 // Recover by removing the name 11429 II = nullptr; 11430 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11431 D.setInvalidType(true); 11432 } 11433 } 11434 } 11435 11436 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11437 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11438 // looking like class members in C++. 11439 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11440 D.getLocStart(), 11441 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11442 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11443 SC); 11444 11445 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11446 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11447 11448 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11449 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11450 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11451 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11452 11453 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11454 S->AddDecl(New); 11455 if (II) 11456 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11457 11458 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11459 11460 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11461 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11462 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11463 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11464 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11465 11466 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11467 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11468 } 11469 return New; 11470 } 11471 11472 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11473 /// typedef. 11474 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11475 SourceLocation Loc, 11476 QualType T) { 11477 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11478 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11479 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11480 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11481 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11482 SC_None, nullptr); 11483 Param->setImplicit(); 11484 return Param; 11485 } 11486 11487 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11488 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11489 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11490 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 11491 return; 11492 11493 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11494 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11495 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11496 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11497 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11498 } 11499 } 11500 } 11501 11502 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11503 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11504 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11505 return; 11506 11507 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11508 // threshold. 11509 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11510 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11511 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11512 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11513 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11514 } 11515 11516 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11517 // threshold. 11518 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11519 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11520 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11521 continue; 11522 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11523 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11524 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11525 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11526 } 11527 } 11528 11529 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11530 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11531 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11532 StorageClass SC) { 11533 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11534 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11535 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11536 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11537 11538 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11539 11540 // Special cases for arrays: 11541 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11542 // - otherwise, it's an error 11543 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11544 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11545 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11546 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11547 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11548 } 11549 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11550 } else { 11551 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11552 } 11553 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11554 } 11555 11556 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11557 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11558 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11559 11560 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11561 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11562 // the class has been completely parsed. 11563 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11564 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11565 AbstractParamType)) 11566 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11567 11568 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11569 // passed by reference. 11570 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11571 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11572 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11573 Diag(NameLoc, 11574 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11575 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11576 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11577 New->setType(T); 11578 } 11579 11580 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11581 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11582 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11583 // an address space. 11584 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11585 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11586 // to be qualified with an address space. 11587 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11588 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11589 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11590 } 11591 } 11592 11593 return New; 11594 } 11595 11596 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11597 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11598 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11599 11600 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11601 // for a K&R function. 11602 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11603 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11604 --i; 11605 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11606 SmallString<256> Code; 11607 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11608 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11609 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11610 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11611 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11612 11613 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11614 // type. 11615 AttributeFactory attrs; 11616 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11617 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11618 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11619 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11620 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11621 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11622 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11623 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11624 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11625 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11626 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11627 } 11628 } 11629 } 11630 } 11631 11632 Decl * 11633 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11634 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11635 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11636 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11637 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11638 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11639 11640 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11641 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11642 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11643 } 11644 11645 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11646 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11647 } 11648 11649 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11650 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11651 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11652 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11653 return false; 11654 11655 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11656 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11657 return false; 11658 11659 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11660 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11661 return false; 11662 11663 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11664 if (FD->isMain()) 11665 return false; 11666 11667 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11668 if (FD->isInlined()) 11669 return false; 11670 11671 // Don't warn about function templates. 11672 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11673 return false; 11674 11675 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11676 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11677 return false; 11678 11679 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11680 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11681 return false; 11682 11683 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11684 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11685 return false; 11686 11687 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11688 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11689 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11690 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11691 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11692 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11693 continue; 11694 11695 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11696 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11697 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11698 break; 11699 } 11700 11701 return MissingPrototype; 11702 } 11703 11704 void 11705 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11706 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11707 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11708 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11709 if (!Definition) 11710 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11711 return; 11712 11713 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11714 return; 11715 11716 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11717 // a template, skip the new definition. 11718 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11719 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11720 Definition->isInlined() || 11721 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11722 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11723 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11724 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11725 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11726 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11727 FD->getLocation()); 11728 return; 11729 } 11730 11731 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11732 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11733 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11734 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11735 else 11736 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11737 11738 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11739 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11740 } 11741 11742 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11743 Sema &S) { 11744 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11745 11746 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11747 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11748 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11749 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11750 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11751 11752 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11753 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11754 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11755 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11756 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11757 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11758 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11759 11760 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11761 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11762 11763 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11764 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11765 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11766 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11767 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11768 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11769 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11770 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11771 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11772 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11773 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11774 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11775 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11776 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11777 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11778 11779 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11780 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11781 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11782 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11783 } else { 11784 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11785 } 11786 ++I; 11787 } 11788 } 11789 11790 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11791 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11792 if (!D) 11793 return D; 11794 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11795 11796 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11797 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11798 else 11799 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11800 11801 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 11802 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 11803 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 11804 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 11805 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11806 } 11807 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 11808 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 11809 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 11810 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11811 } 11812 11813 // See if this is a redefinition. 11814 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11815 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11816 11817 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11818 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11819 return D; 11820 } 11821 11822 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 11823 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 11824 // this function. 11825 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 11826 11827 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11828 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11829 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11830 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11831 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11832 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11833 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11834 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11835 // have the LSI properly restored. 11836 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11837 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 11838 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11839 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11840 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11841 } else { 11842 // Enter a new function scope 11843 PushFunctionScope(); 11844 } 11845 11846 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11847 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11848 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11849 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11850 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11851 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11852 } 11853 } 11854 11855 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11856 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11857 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11858 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11859 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11860 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11861 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11862 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11863 11864 if (FnBodyScope) 11865 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11866 11867 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11868 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11869 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11870 11871 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 11872 // scope. 11873 if (FnBodyScope) { 11874 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 11875 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 11876 if (!NonParmDecl) 11877 continue; 11878 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 11879 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 11880 11881 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 11882 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 11883 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11884 11885 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11886 // accessible in this scope. 11887 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 11888 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11889 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11890 } 11891 } 11892 } 11893 11894 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11895 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11896 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11897 11898 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11899 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11900 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11901 11902 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11903 } 11904 } 11905 11906 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11907 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11908 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11909 11910 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11911 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11912 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11913 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11914 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11915 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11916 return D; 11917 } 11918 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11919 // a function template). 11920 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11921 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11922 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11923 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11924 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11925 11926 return D; 11927 } 11928 11929 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11930 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11931 /// optimization. 11932 /// 11933 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11934 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11935 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11936 /// use the named return value optimization. 11937 /// 11938 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11939 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11940 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11941 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11942 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11943 11944 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11945 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11946 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11947 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11948 } 11949 } 11950 } 11951 11952 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11953 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11954 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11955 return false; 11956 11957 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11958 // return type (yet). 11959 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 11960 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11961 // we can still delay parsing it. 11962 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11963 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11964 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11965 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11966 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11967 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11968 } 11969 } 11970 return false; 11971 } 11972 11973 return true; 11974 } 11975 11976 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11977 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11978 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11979 // rest of the file. 11980 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11981 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11982 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11983 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11984 return false; 11985 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11986 } 11987 11988 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11989 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11990 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11991 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11992 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11993 return Decl; 11994 } 11995 11996 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11997 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11998 } 11999 12000 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 12001 bool IsInstantiation) { 12002 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 12003 12004 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 12005 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 12006 12007 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->CoroutinePromise) 12008 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 12009 12010 if (FD) { 12011 FD->setBody(Body); 12012 12013 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 12014 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 12015 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12016 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 12017 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 12018 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 12019 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 12020 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 12021 << FD->getReturnType(); 12022 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12023 } else { 12024 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 12025 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 12026 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 12027 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 12028 } 12029 } 12030 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 12031 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 12032 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 12033 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 12034 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 12035 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 12036 12037 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 12038 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 12039 // [the deduced type is] the type void 12040 QualType RetType = 12041 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 12042 12043 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 12044 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 12045 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12046 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 12047 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 12048 } 12049 } 12050 12051 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 12052 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 12053 // is the first declaration. 12054 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 12055 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 12056 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12057 else if (FD->isInlined() && 12058 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 12059 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 12060 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12061 } 12062 12063 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 12064 // don't complain about missing return statements. 12065 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 12066 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 12067 12068 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 12069 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 12070 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 12071 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 12072 12073 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12074 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 12075 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 12076 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 12077 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 12078 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 12079 12080 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 12081 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 12082 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 12083 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 12084 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 12085 12086 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 12087 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 12088 // to deduce an implicit return type. 12089 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 12090 !FD->isDependentContext()) 12091 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12092 } 12093 12094 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 12095 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 12096 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 12097 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 12098 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 12099 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 12100 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 12101 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 12102 12103 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12104 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 12105 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 12106 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 12107 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 12108 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12109 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 12110 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 12111 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 12112 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 12113 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 12114 } 12115 } 12116 12117 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 12118 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 12119 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 12120 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 12121 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 12122 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 12123 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 12124 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 12125 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 12126 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 12127 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12128 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 12129 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 1; 12130 } 12131 } 12132 12133 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 12134 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 12135 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 12136 MD->isVirtual() && 12137 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 12138 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 12139 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 12140 if (FD->isInlined() && 12141 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 12142 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 12143 12144 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 12145 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 12146 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 12147 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 12148 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 12149 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12150 } else { 12151 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 12152 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12153 } 12154 } 12155 } 12156 12157 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 12158 "Function parsing confused"); 12159 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 12160 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 12161 MD->setBody(Body); 12162 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12163 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 12164 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 12165 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 12166 12167 if (Body) 12168 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12169 } 12170 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 12171 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 12172 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 12173 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 12174 } 12175 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 12176 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 12177 bool isDesignated = 12178 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 12179 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 12180 (void)isDesignated; 12181 12182 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 12183 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 12184 if (!IFace) 12185 return false; 12186 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 12187 if (!SuperD) 12188 return false; 12189 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 12190 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 12191 }; 12192 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 12193 // of NSObject. 12194 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 12195 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12196 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 12197 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 12198 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 12199 } 12200 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 12201 } 12202 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 12203 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 12204 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 12205 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12206 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 12207 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 12208 } 12209 } else { 12210 return nullptr; 12211 } 12212 12213 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 12214 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 12215 12216 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 12217 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 12218 "handled in the block above."); 12219 12220 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 12221 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 12222 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 12223 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 12224 // Verify this. 12225 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12226 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12227 12228 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12229 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12230 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12231 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12232 12233 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12234 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12235 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12236 12237 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12238 Destructor->getParent()); 12239 } 12240 12241 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12242 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12243 // deletion in some later function. 12244 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12245 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12246 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12247 } 12248 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12249 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12250 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12251 // enabled. 12252 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12253 } 12254 12255 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12256 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12257 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12258 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12259 12260 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12261 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12262 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12263 // require prologue. 12264 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12265 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12266 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12267 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12268 RegisterVariables = 12269 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12270 if (!RegisterVariables) 12271 break; 12272 } 12273 } 12274 } 12275 if (RegisterVariables) 12276 continue; 12277 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12278 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12279 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12280 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12281 break; 12282 } 12283 } 12284 } 12285 12286 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12287 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12288 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12289 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12290 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12291 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12292 } 12293 12294 if (!IsInstantiation) 12295 PopDeclContext(); 12296 12297 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12298 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12299 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12300 // deletion in some later function. 12301 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12302 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12303 } 12304 12305 return dcl; 12306 } 12307 12308 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12309 /// relevant Decl. 12310 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12311 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12312 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12313 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12314 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12315 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12316 12317 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12318 if (Method->isStatic()) 12319 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12320 } 12321 12322 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12323 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12324 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12325 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12326 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12327 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12328 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12329 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12330 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 12331 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 12332 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12333 return ExternCPrev; 12334 } 12335 12336 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12337 unsigned diag_id; 12338 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 12339 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 12340 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 12341 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 12342 else 12343 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 12344 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 12345 12346 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 12347 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 12348 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 12349 TypoCorrection Corrected; 12350 if (S && 12351 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 12352 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 12353 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 12354 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 12355 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 12356 } 12357 12358 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 12359 const char *Dummy; 12360 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 12361 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 12362 unsigned DiagID; 12363 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 12364 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12365 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12366 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12367 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12368 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12369 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12370 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12371 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12372 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12373 /*NumParams=*/0, 12374 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12375 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12376 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12377 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12378 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12379 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12380 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12381 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12382 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12383 EST_None, 12384 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12385 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12386 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12387 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12388 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12389 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12390 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, 12391 Loc, Loc, D), 12392 DS.getAttributes(), 12393 SourceLocation()); 12394 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12395 12396 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 12397 12398 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12399 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12400 12401 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 12402 FD->setImplicit(); 12403 12404 CurContext = PrevDC; 12405 12406 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12407 12408 return FD; 12409 } 12410 12411 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12412 /// the declaration of this function. 12413 /// 12414 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12415 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12416 /// like NSLog or printf. 12417 /// 12418 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12419 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12420 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12421 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12422 return; 12423 12424 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12425 // actual attributes. 12426 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12427 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12428 unsigned FormatIdx; 12429 bool HasVAListArg; 12430 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12431 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12432 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12433 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12434 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12435 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12436 fmt = "NSString"; 12437 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12438 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12439 FormatIdx+1, 12440 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12441 FD->getLocation())); 12442 } 12443 } 12444 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12445 HasVAListArg)) { 12446 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12447 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12448 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12449 FormatIdx+1, 12450 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12451 FD->getLocation())); 12452 } 12453 12454 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12455 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12456 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12457 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12458 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12459 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12460 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12461 } 12462 12463 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12464 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12465 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12466 FD->getLocation())); 12467 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12468 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12469 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12470 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12471 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12472 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12473 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12474 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12475 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12476 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12477 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12478 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12479 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12480 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12481 else 12482 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12483 } 12484 } 12485 12486 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12487 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12488 // across. 12489 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12490 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12491 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12492 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12493 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12494 } 12495 12496 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12497 if (!Name) 12498 return; 12499 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12500 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12501 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12502 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12503 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12504 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12505 // about. 12506 } else 12507 return; 12508 12509 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12510 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12511 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12512 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12513 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12514 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12515 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12516 FD->getLocation())); 12517 } 12518 12519 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12520 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12521 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12522 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12523 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12524 FD->getLocation())); 12525 } 12526 } 12527 12528 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12529 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12530 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12531 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12532 12533 if (!TInfo) { 12534 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12535 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12536 } 12537 12538 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12539 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12540 D.getLocStart(), 12541 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12542 D.getIdentifier(), 12543 TInfo); 12544 12545 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12546 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12547 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12548 return NewTD; 12549 } 12550 12551 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12552 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12553 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12554 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12555 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12556 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12557 else 12558 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12559 } 12560 12561 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12562 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12563 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12564 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12565 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12566 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12567 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12568 case TST_enum: 12569 case TST_struct: 12570 case TST_interface: 12571 case TST_union: 12572 case TST_class: { 12573 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12574 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12575 break; 12576 } 12577 12578 default: 12579 break; 12580 } 12581 12582 return NewTD; 12583 } 12584 12585 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12586 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12587 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12588 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12589 12590 if (T->isDependentType()) 12591 return false; 12592 12593 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12594 if (BT->isInteger()) 12595 return false; 12596 12597 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12598 return true; 12599 } 12600 12601 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12602 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12603 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12604 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12605 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12606 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12607 12608 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12609 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12610 << Prev->isScoped(); 12611 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12612 return true; 12613 } 12614 12615 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12616 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12617 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12618 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12619 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12620 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12621 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12622 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12623 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12624 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12625 return true; 12626 } 12627 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12628 ; 12629 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12630 ; 12631 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12632 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12633 << Prev->isFixed(); 12634 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12635 return true; 12636 } 12637 12638 return false; 12639 } 12640 12641 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12642 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12643 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12644 /// 12645 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12646 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12647 switch (Tag) { 12648 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12649 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12650 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12651 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12652 } 12653 } 12654 12655 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12656 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12657 /// 12658 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12659 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12660 { 12661 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12662 } 12663 12664 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 12665 TagTypeKind TTK) { 12666 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12667 return NTK_Typedef; 12668 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12669 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12670 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12671 return NTK_Template; 12672 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12673 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12674 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12675 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12676 switch (TTK) { 12677 case TTK_Struct: 12678 case TTK_Interface: 12679 case TTK_Class: 12680 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 12681 case TTK_Union: 12682 return NTK_NonUnion; 12683 case TTK_Enum: 12684 return NTK_NonEnum; 12685 } 12686 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 12687 } 12688 12689 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12690 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12691 /// 12692 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12693 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12694 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12695 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12696 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12697 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12698 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12699 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12700 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12701 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12702 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12703 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12704 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12705 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12706 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12707 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12708 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12709 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12710 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12711 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12712 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12713 return true; 12714 12715 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12716 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12717 bool isTemplate = false; 12718 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12719 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12720 12721 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 12722 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12723 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12724 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12725 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12726 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12727 return true; 12728 } 12729 12730 if (isDefinition) { 12731 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12732 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12733 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12734 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12735 return true; 12736 } 12737 12738 bool previousMismatch = false; 12739 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12740 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12741 if (!previousMismatch) { 12742 previousMismatch = true; 12743 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12744 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12745 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12746 } 12747 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12748 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12749 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12750 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12751 } 12752 } 12753 return true; 12754 } 12755 12756 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12757 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12758 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12759 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12760 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12761 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12762 return true; 12763 } 12764 12765 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12766 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12767 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12768 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12769 12770 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12771 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12772 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12773 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12774 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12775 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12776 } 12777 12778 return true; 12779 } 12780 return false; 12781 } 12782 12783 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12784 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12785 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12786 /// namespace N { 12787 /// struct X; 12788 /// namespace M { 12789 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12790 /// } 12791 /// } 12792 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12793 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12794 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12795 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12796 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12797 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12798 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12799 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12800 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12801 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12802 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12803 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12804 return FixItHint(); 12805 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12806 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12807 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12808 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12809 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12810 break; 12811 } 12812 12813 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12814 // build an NNS. 12815 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12816 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12817 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12818 OS << "::"; 12819 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12820 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12821 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12822 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12823 } 12824 12825 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12826 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12827 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12828 /// using-declaration). 12829 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12830 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12831 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12832 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12833 12834 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12835 return true; 12836 12837 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12838 // encloses the other). 12839 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12840 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12841 return true; 12842 12843 return false; 12844 } 12845 12846 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12847 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12848 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12849 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12850 /// 12851 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12852 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12853 /// 12854 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12855 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12856 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12857 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12858 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12859 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12860 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12861 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12862 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12863 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12864 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12865 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12866 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12867 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12868 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12869 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12870 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12871 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12872 12873 OwnedDecl = false; 12874 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12875 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12876 12877 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 12878 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 12879 bool Invalid = false; 12880 12881 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12882 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12883 // for non-C++ cases. 12884 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12885 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12886 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12887 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12888 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12889 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12890 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12891 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12892 return nullptr; 12893 } 12894 12895 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12896 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12897 // be a member of another template). 12898 12899 if (Invalid) 12900 return nullptr; 12901 12902 OwnedDecl = false; 12903 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12904 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12905 TemplateParams, AS, 12906 ModulePrivateLoc, 12907 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12908 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12909 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12910 SkipBody); 12911 return Result.get(); 12912 } else { 12913 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12914 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12915 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12916 isMemberSpecialization = true; 12917 } 12918 } 12919 } 12920 12921 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12922 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12923 // redeclaration. 12924 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12925 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12926 12927 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12928 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12929 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12930 // type, default to int. 12931 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12932 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12933 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12934 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12935 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12936 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12937 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12938 12939 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12940 // Recover by falling back to int. 12941 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12942 12943 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12944 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12945 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12946 12947 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12948 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12949 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12950 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12951 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12952 } 12953 } 12954 } 12955 12956 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12957 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12958 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12959 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 12960 12961 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12962 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12963 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12964 12965 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12966 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12967 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12968 12969 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12970 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12971 Name = nullptr; 12972 goto CreateNewDecl; 12973 } 12974 12975 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12976 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12977 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12978 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12979 if (!DC) { 12980 IsDependent = true; 12981 return nullptr; 12982 } 12983 } else { 12984 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12985 if (!DC) { 12986 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12987 << SS.getRange(); 12988 return nullptr; 12989 } 12990 } 12991 12992 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12993 return nullptr; 12994 12995 SearchDC = DC; 12996 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12997 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12998 12999 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13000 return nullptr; 13001 13002 if (Previous.empty()) { 13003 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 13004 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 13005 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 13006 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 13007 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 13008 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 13009 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 13010 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13011 IsDependent = true; 13012 return nullptr; 13013 } 13014 13015 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 13016 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 13017 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 13018 Name = nullptr; 13019 Invalid = true; 13020 goto CreateNewDecl; 13021 } 13022 } else if (Name) { 13023 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 13024 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 13025 // name different from T: 13026 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 13027 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13028 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 13029 return nullptr; 13030 13031 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 13032 // declaration or definition. 13033 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 13034 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 13035 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 13036 LookupName(Previous, S); 13037 13038 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 13039 // by types using'ed into this scope. 13040 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 13041 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 13042 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13043 while (F.hasNext()) { 13044 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13045 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 13046 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 13047 F.erase(); 13048 } 13049 F.done(); 13050 } 13051 13052 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 13053 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 13054 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 13055 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 13056 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 13057 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 13058 // 13059 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 13060 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 13061 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 13062 // 13063 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 13064 // semantic context? 13065 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13066 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13067 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13068 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 13069 while (F.hasNext()) { 13070 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13071 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13072 if (DC->isFileContext() && 13073 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 13074 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13075 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 13076 else 13077 F.erase(); 13078 } 13079 } 13080 F.done(); 13081 13082 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 13083 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 13084 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 13085 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13086 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 13087 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 13088 } 13089 } 13090 13091 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 13092 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13093 return nullptr; 13094 13095 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 13096 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 13097 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 13098 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 13099 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 13100 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 13101 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 13102 } 13103 } 13104 13105 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 13106 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 13107 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13108 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13109 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13110 Previous.clear(); 13111 } 13112 13113 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 13114 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 13115 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 13116 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 13117 isStdBadAlloc = true; 13118 13119 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 13120 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 13121 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 13122 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 13123 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 13124 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 13125 isStdAlignValT = true; 13126 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 13127 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 13128 } 13129 } 13130 13131 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 13132 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 13133 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 13134 // there's a shadow friend decl. 13135 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 13136 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13137 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 13138 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 13139 13140 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13141 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 13142 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 13143 // 13144 // class-key identifier 13145 // 13146 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 13147 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 13148 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 13149 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 13150 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 13151 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 13152 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 13153 // declaration. 13154 // 13155 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 13156 // C structs and unions. 13157 // 13158 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 13159 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 13160 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 13161 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 13162 // 13163 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 13164 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 13165 // 13166 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 13167 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 13168 // lexical context, 13169 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 13170 13171 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 13172 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13173 } else { 13174 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 13175 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 13176 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 13177 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 13178 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 13179 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13180 } 13181 13182 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 13183 // diagnose some problems. 13184 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 13185 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 13186 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 13187 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 13188 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13189 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13190 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 13191 } else { 13192 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13193 LookupName(Previous, S); 13194 } 13195 } 13196 13197 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 13198 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 13199 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 13200 13201 if (!Previous.empty()) { 13202 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13203 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13204 13205 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 13206 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 13207 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 13208 // in C++. 13209 // 13210 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 13211 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 13212 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 13213 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 13214 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13215 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13216 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13217 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13218 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13219 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13220 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13221 PrevDecl = Tag; 13222 Previous.clear(); 13223 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13224 Previous.resolveKind(); 13225 } 13226 } 13227 } 13228 } 13229 13230 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13231 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13232 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13233 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13234 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13235 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13236 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 13237 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13238 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13239 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13240 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13241 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13242 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13243 << 0; 13244 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13245 Previous.clear(); 13246 goto CreateNewDecl; 13247 } 13248 } 13249 13250 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13251 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13252 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13253 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13254 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13255 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13256 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13257 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13258 // struct or something similar. 13259 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13260 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13261 Name)) { 13262 bool SafeToContinue 13263 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13264 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13265 if (SafeToContinue) 13266 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13267 << Name 13268 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13269 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13270 else 13271 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13272 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13273 13274 if (SafeToContinue) 13275 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 13276 else { 13277 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 13278 Name = nullptr; 13279 Previous.clear(); 13280 Invalid = true; 13281 } 13282 } 13283 13284 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 13285 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 13286 13287 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 13288 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 13289 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13290 if (ScopedEnum) 13291 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 13292 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 13293 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 13294 return PrevTagDecl; 13295 } 13296 13297 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 13298 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13299 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 13300 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 13301 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 13302 13303 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 13304 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 13305 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 13306 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 13307 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 13308 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 13309 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 13310 } 13311 13312 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 13313 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 13314 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 13315 // and then later defined. 13316 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 13317 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13318 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 13319 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13320 } 13321 13322 if (!Invalid) { 13323 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 13324 // we have attributes. 13325 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13326 if (Attr) { 13327 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 13328 // declaration to hold them. 13329 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 13330 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 13331 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 13332 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 13333 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 13334 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 13335 SS.isEmpty()) { 13336 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 13337 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 13338 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 13339 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 13340 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 13341 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 13342 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 13343 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 13344 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13345 return PrevTagDecl; 13346 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 13347 // that scope. 13348 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13349 } else { 13350 return PrevTagDecl; 13351 } 13352 } 13353 13354 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 13355 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13356 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13357 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13358 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13359 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13360 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13361 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 13362 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13363 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13364 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13365 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13366 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13367 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13368 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13369 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13370 } 13371 13372 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13373 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13374 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13375 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13376 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13377 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13378 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13379 // use it in place of this one. 13380 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13381 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 13382 return Def; 13383 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13384 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13385 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13386 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13387 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13388 else 13389 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13390 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13391 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13392 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13393 // references get the previous definition. 13394 Name = nullptr; 13395 Previous.clear(); 13396 Invalid = true; 13397 } 13398 } else { 13399 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13400 // about a nested redefinition. 13401 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13402 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13403 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13404 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13405 diag::note_previous_definition); 13406 Name = nullptr; 13407 Previous.clear(); 13408 Invalid = true; 13409 } 13410 } 13411 13412 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13413 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13414 } 13415 13416 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13417 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13418 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13419 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13420 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13421 AS = AS_none; 13422 } 13423 } 13424 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13425 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13426 13427 } else { 13428 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13429 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13430 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13431 // have distinct types. 13432 Previous.clear(); 13433 } 13434 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13435 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13436 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13437 13438 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13439 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13440 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13441 } else { 13442 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13443 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13444 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13445 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13446 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13447 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13448 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 13449 << Kind; 13450 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13451 Invalid = true; 13452 13453 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13454 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13455 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13456 // do nothing 13457 13458 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13459 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13460 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13461 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13462 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13463 Invalid = true; 13464 13465 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13466 // case here. 13467 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13468 unsigned Kind = 0; 13469 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13470 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13471 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13472 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13473 Invalid = true; 13474 13475 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13476 } else { 13477 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13478 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13479 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13480 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13481 Name = nullptr; 13482 Invalid = true; 13483 } 13484 13485 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13486 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13487 Previous.clear(); 13488 } 13489 } 13490 13491 CreateNewDecl: 13492 13493 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13494 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13495 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13496 13497 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13498 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13499 // keyword. 13500 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13501 13502 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13503 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13504 // PrevDecl. 13505 TagDecl *New; 13506 13507 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13508 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13509 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13510 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13511 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13512 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13513 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13514 13515 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13516 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13517 13518 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13519 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13520 TagDecl *Def; 13521 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13522 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13523 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13524 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13525 } 13526 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13527 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13528 << New; 13529 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13530 } else { 13531 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13532 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13533 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13534 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13535 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13536 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13537 13538 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13539 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13540 // the declaration context. 13541 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13542 IsForwardReference = true; 13543 } 13544 } 13545 13546 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13547 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13548 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13549 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13550 else 13551 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13552 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13553 } 13554 } else { 13555 // struct/union/class 13556 13557 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13558 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13559 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13560 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13561 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13562 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13563 13564 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13565 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13566 } else 13567 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13568 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13569 } 13570 13571 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13572 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13573 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13574 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13575 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13576 Invalid = true; 13577 } 13578 13579 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13580 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13581 if (SS.isSet()) { 13582 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13583 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13584 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13585 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13586 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13587 if (!isMemberSpecialization && 13588 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13589 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13590 Invalid = true; 13591 13592 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13593 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13594 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13595 } 13596 } 13597 else 13598 Invalid = true; 13599 } 13600 13601 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13602 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13603 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13604 // 13605 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13606 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13607 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13608 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13609 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13610 // parsing of the struct). 13611 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13612 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13613 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13614 } 13615 } 13616 13617 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13618 if (isMemberSpecialization) 13619 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13620 << 2 13621 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13622 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13623 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13624 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13625 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13626 New->setModulePrivate(); 13627 } 13628 13629 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13630 // check the specialization. 13631 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13632 Invalid = true; 13633 13634 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13635 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13636 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13637 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13638 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13639 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13640 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13641 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13642 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13643 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13644 << Name; 13645 Invalid = true; 13646 } 13647 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13648 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13649 } 13650 } 13651 13652 if (Invalid) 13653 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13654 13655 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13656 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13657 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13658 13659 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13660 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13661 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13662 // the tag name visible. 13663 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13664 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13665 13666 // Set the access specifier. 13667 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13668 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13669 13670 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13671 New->startDefinition(); 13672 13673 if (Attr) 13674 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13675 13676 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13677 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13678 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13679 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13680 if (PrevDecl) 13681 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13682 13683 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13684 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13685 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13686 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13687 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13688 } else if (Name) { 13689 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13690 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13691 if (IsForwardReference) 13692 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13693 } else { 13694 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13695 } 13696 13697 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13698 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13699 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13700 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13701 II->isStr("FILE")) 13702 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13703 13704 if (PrevDecl) 13705 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13706 13707 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13708 // record. 13709 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13710 13711 OwnedDecl = true; 13712 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13713 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13714 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13715 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 13716 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 13717 RD->completeDefinition(); 13718 return nullptr; 13719 } else { 13720 return New; 13721 } 13722 } 13723 13724 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13725 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13726 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13727 13728 // Enter the tag context. 13729 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13730 13731 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13732 13733 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13734 // record. 13735 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13736 } 13737 13738 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13739 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13740 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13741 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13742 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13743 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13744 CurContext = OCD; 13745 return IDecl; 13746 } 13747 13748 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13749 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13750 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13751 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13752 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13753 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13754 13755 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13756 13757 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13758 return; 13759 13760 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13761 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13762 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13763 13764 // C++ [class]p2: 13765 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13766 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13767 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13768 // as if it were a public member name. 13769 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13770 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13771 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13772 Record->getIdentifier(), 13773 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13774 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13775 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13776 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13777 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13778 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13779 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13780 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13781 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13782 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13783 } 13784 13785 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13786 SourceRange BraceRange) { 13787 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13788 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13789 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 13790 13791 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13792 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13793 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13794 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13795 RD->completeDefinition(); 13796 } 13797 13798 if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 13799 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13800 if (Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 13801 RD->computeODRHash(); 13802 } 13803 13804 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13805 PopDeclContext(); 13806 13807 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13808 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13809 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13810 13811 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13812 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13813 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13814 } 13815 13816 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13817 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13818 PopDeclContext(); 13819 } 13820 13821 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13822 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13823 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13824 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13825 } 13826 13827 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13828 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13829 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13830 } 13831 13832 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13833 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13834 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13835 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13836 13837 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13838 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13839 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13840 RD->completeDefinition(); 13841 } 13842 13843 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13844 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13845 // the FieldCollector. 13846 13847 PopDeclContext(); 13848 } 13849 13850 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13851 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13852 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13853 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13854 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13855 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13856 if (ZeroWidth) 13857 *ZeroWidth = true; 13858 13859 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13860 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13861 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13862 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13863 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13864 return ExprError(); 13865 if (FieldName) 13866 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13867 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13868 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13869 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13870 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13871 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13872 return ExprError(); 13873 13874 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13875 // it now. 13876 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13877 return BitWidth; 13878 13879 llvm::APSInt Value; 13880 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13881 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13882 return ICE; 13883 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13884 13885 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13886 *ZeroWidth = false; 13887 13888 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13889 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13890 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13891 13892 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13893 if (FieldName) 13894 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13895 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13896 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13897 << Value.toString(10); 13898 } 13899 13900 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13901 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13902 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13903 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13904 13905 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13906 // ABI. 13907 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13908 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13909 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13910 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13911 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13912 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13913 unsigned DiagWidth = 13914 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13915 if (FieldName) 13916 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13917 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13918 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13919 13920 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13921 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13922 << DiagWidth; 13923 } 13924 13925 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13926 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13927 // 'bool'. 13928 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13929 if (FieldName) 13930 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13931 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13932 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13933 else 13934 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13935 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13936 } 13937 } 13938 13939 return BitWidth; 13940 } 13941 13942 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13943 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13944 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13945 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13946 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13947 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13948 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13949 return Res; 13950 } 13951 13952 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13953 /// 13954 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13955 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13956 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13957 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13958 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13959 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 13960 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 13961 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 13962 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 13963 return nullptr; 13964 } 13965 13966 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13967 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13968 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13969 13970 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13971 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13972 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13973 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13974 13975 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13976 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13977 D.setInvalidType(); 13978 T = Context.IntTy; 13979 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13980 } 13981 } 13982 13983 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13984 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13985 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13986 D.setInvalidType(); 13987 } 13988 13989 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13990 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13991 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13992 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13993 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13994 D.setInvalidType(); 13995 } 13996 13997 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13998 13999 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 14000 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 14001 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 14002 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 14003 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 14004 diag::err_invalid_thread) 14005 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 14006 14007 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 14008 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 14009 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 14010 LookupName(Previous, S); 14011 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 14012 case LookupResult::Found: 14013 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 14014 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 14015 break; 14016 14017 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 14018 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 14019 break; 14020 14021 case LookupResult::NotFound: 14022 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 14023 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 14024 break; 14025 } 14026 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 14027 14028 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14029 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14030 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 14031 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14032 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14033 } 14034 14035 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 14036 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14037 14038 bool Mutable 14039 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 14040 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 14041 FieldDecl *NewFD 14042 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 14043 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 14044 14045 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 14046 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14047 14048 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14049 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 14050 14051 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 14052 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 14053 // with the same name in the same scope. 14054 } else if (II) { 14055 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 14056 } else 14057 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 14058 14059 return NewFD; 14060 } 14061 14062 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 14063 /// 14064 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 14065 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 14066 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 14067 /// created. 14068 /// 14069 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 14070 /// 14071 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 14072 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 14073 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 14074 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 14075 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 14076 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14077 SourceLocation TSSL, 14078 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 14079 Declarator *D) { 14080 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 14081 bool InvalidDecl = false; 14082 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 14083 14084 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 14085 // marking this declaration as invalid. 14086 if (T.isNull()) { 14087 InvalidDecl = true; 14088 T = Context.IntTy; 14089 } 14090 14091 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 14092 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14093 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14094 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 14095 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14096 InvalidDecl = true; 14097 } else { 14098 NamedDecl *Def; 14099 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 14100 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 14101 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14102 InvalidDecl = true; 14103 } 14104 } 14105 } 14106 14107 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 14108 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 14109 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 14110 InvalidDecl = true; 14111 } 14112 14113 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14114 // than a variably modified type. 14115 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14116 bool SizeIsNegative; 14117 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 14118 14119 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 14120 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 14121 SizeIsNegative, 14122 Oversized); 14123 if (FixedTInfo) { 14124 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 14125 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 14126 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 14127 } else { 14128 if (SizeIsNegative) 14129 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 14130 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 14131 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 14132 << Oversized.toString(10); 14133 else 14134 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 14135 InvalidDecl = true; 14136 } 14137 } 14138 14139 // Fields can not have abstract class types 14140 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 14141 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14142 AbstractFieldType)) 14143 InvalidDecl = true; 14144 14145 bool ZeroWidth = false; 14146 if (InvalidDecl) 14147 BitWidth = nullptr; 14148 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 14149 if (BitWidth) { 14150 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 14151 &ZeroWidth).get(); 14152 if (!BitWidth) { 14153 InvalidDecl = true; 14154 BitWidth = nullptr; 14155 ZeroWidth = false; 14156 } 14157 } 14158 14159 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 14160 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 14161 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14162 if (T->isReferenceType()) 14163 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 14164 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 14165 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 14166 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 14167 14168 if (DiagID) { 14169 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 14170 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 14171 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 14172 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 14173 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 14174 Mutable = false; 14175 InvalidDecl = true; 14176 } 14177 } 14178 } 14179 14180 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 14181 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 14182 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 14183 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 14184 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 14185 14186 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 14187 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 14188 if (InvalidDecl) 14189 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14190 14191 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14192 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14193 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14194 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14195 } 14196 14197 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14198 if (Record->isUnion()) { 14199 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14200 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14201 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14202 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 14203 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 14204 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 14205 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 14206 // objects. 14207 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 14208 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14209 } 14210 } 14211 14212 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 14213 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 14214 // enabled. 14215 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 14216 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 14217 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 14218 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14219 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14220 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14221 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14222 } 14223 } 14224 } 14225 14226 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14227 // representation, not a parser representation. 14228 if (D) { 14229 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14230 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14231 14232 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14233 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14234 } 14235 14236 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14237 // retainable type. 14238 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14239 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14240 14241 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14242 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 14243 14244 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 14245 return NewFD; 14246 } 14247 14248 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 14249 assert(FD); 14250 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 14251 14252 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 14253 return false; 14254 14255 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14256 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14257 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14258 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14259 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 14260 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 14261 // copy constructors. 14262 14263 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 14264 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 14265 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 14266 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 14267 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 14268 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 14269 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 14270 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 14271 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 14272 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 14273 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 14274 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 14275 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 14276 member = CXXDestructor; 14277 14278 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 14279 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 14280 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 14281 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 14282 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 14283 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 14284 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 14285 // members unavailable. 14286 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 14287 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 14288 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 14289 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14290 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 14291 return false; 14292 } 14293 } 14294 14295 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 14296 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 14297 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 14298 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 14299 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 14300 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 14301 } 14302 } 14303 } 14304 14305 return false; 14306 } 14307 14308 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 14309 /// AST enum value. 14310 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 14311 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 14312 switch (ivarVisibility) { 14313 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 14314 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 14315 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 14316 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 14317 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 14318 } 14319 } 14320 14321 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 14322 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 14323 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 14324 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14325 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 14326 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 14327 14328 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14329 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 14330 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14331 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14332 14333 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 14334 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 14335 14336 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14337 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14338 14339 if (BitWidth) { 14340 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 14341 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 14342 if (!BitWidth) 14343 D.setInvalidType(); 14344 } else { 14345 // Not a bitfield. 14346 14347 // validate II. 14348 14349 } 14350 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 14351 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 14352 D.setInvalidType(); 14353 } 14354 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14355 // than a variably modified type. 14356 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14357 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 14358 D.setInvalidType(); 14359 } 14360 14361 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 14362 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 14363 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 14364 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 14365 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14366 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14367 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14368 return nullptr; 14369 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14370 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14371 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14372 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14373 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14374 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14375 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14376 } 14377 else 14378 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14379 } else { 14380 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14381 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14382 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14383 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14384 return nullptr; 14385 } 14386 } 14387 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14388 } 14389 14390 // Construct the decl. 14391 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14392 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14393 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14394 14395 if (II) { 14396 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14397 ForRedeclaration); 14398 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14399 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14400 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14401 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14402 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14403 } 14404 } 14405 14406 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14407 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14408 14409 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14410 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14411 14412 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14413 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14414 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14415 14416 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14417 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14418 14419 if (II) { 14420 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14421 // these to the interface. 14422 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14423 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14424 } 14425 14426 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14427 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14428 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14429 14430 return NewID; 14431 } 14432 14433 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14434 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14435 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14436 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14437 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14438 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14439 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14440 return; 14441 14442 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14443 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14444 14445 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14446 return; 14447 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14448 if (!ID) { 14449 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14450 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14451 return; 14452 } 14453 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14454 else 14455 return; 14456 } 14457 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14458 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14459 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14460 14461 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14462 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14463 Context.CharTy, 14464 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14465 DeclLoc), 14466 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14467 true); 14468 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14469 } 14470 14471 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14472 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14473 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14474 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14475 14476 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14477 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14478 // it will now change. 14479 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14480 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14481 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14482 default: break; 14483 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14484 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14485 break; 14486 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14487 Context. 14488 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14489 break; 14490 } 14491 } 14492 14493 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14494 14495 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14496 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14497 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14498 if (Record) { 14499 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14500 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14501 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14502 ++NumNamedMembers; 14503 } 14504 } 14505 14506 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14507 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14508 14509 bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; 14510 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14511 i != end; ++i) { 14512 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14513 14514 // Get the type for the field. 14515 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14516 14517 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14518 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14519 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14520 } 14521 14522 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14523 // diagnostics about it. 14524 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14525 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14526 continue; 14527 } 14528 14529 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14530 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14531 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14532 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14533 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14534 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14535 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14536 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14537 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14538 // array. 14539 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14540 // Field declared as a function. 14541 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14542 << FD->getDeclName(); 14543 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14544 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14545 continue; 14546 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14547 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14548 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14549 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14550 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14551 // Flexible array member. 14552 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14553 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14554 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14555 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14556 if (Record->isUnion()) 14557 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14558 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14559 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14560 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14561 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14562 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14563 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14564 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14565 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14566 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14567 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14568 14569 if (DiagID) 14570 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14571 << Record->getTagKind(); 14572 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14573 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14574 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14575 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14576 // of the type. 14577 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14578 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14579 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14580 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14581 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14582 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14583 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14584 14585 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14586 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14587 // 14588 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14589 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14590 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14591 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14592 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14593 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14594 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14595 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14596 continue; 14597 } 14598 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14599 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14600 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14601 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14602 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14603 // Incomplete type 14604 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14605 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14606 continue; 14607 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14608 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14609 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14610 // flexible array member. 14611 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14612 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14613 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14614 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14615 // structures. 14616 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14617 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14618 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14619 else { 14620 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14621 // other structs as an extension. 14622 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14623 << FD->getDeclName(); 14624 } 14625 } 14626 } 14627 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14628 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14629 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14630 AbstractIvarType)) { 14631 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14632 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14633 } 14634 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14635 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14636 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14637 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14638 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14639 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14640 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14641 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14642 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14643 FD->setType(T); 14644 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && 14645 Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && 14646 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14647 // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. 14648 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14649 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14650 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14651 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14652 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14653 if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { 14654 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14655 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14656 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14657 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14658 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14659 } 14660 } else { 14661 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14662 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14663 } 14664 ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; 14665 } 14666 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14667 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14668 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14669 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14670 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14671 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14672 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14673 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14674 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14675 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14676 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14677 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14678 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14679 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14680 } 14681 } 14682 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14683 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14684 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14685 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14686 ++NumNamedMembers; 14687 } 14688 14689 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14690 if (Record) { 14691 bool Completed = false; 14692 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14693 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14694 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14695 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14696 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14697 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14698 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14699 } 14700 14701 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14702 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14703 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14704 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14705 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14706 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14707 } 14708 14709 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14710 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14711 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14712 14713 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14714 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14715 // problem now. 14716 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14717 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14718 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14719 14720 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14721 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14722 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14723 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14724 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14725 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14726 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14727 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14728 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14729 continue; 14730 14731 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14732 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14733 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14734 // program is ill-formed. 14735 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14736 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14737 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14738 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14739 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14740 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14741 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14742 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14743 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14744 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14745 14746 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14747 } 14748 } 14749 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14750 Completed = true; 14751 } 14752 } 14753 } 14754 } 14755 14756 if (!Completed) 14757 Record->completeDefinition(); 14758 14759 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 14760 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14761 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 14762 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 14763 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 14764 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 14765 } 14766 14767 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14768 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14769 14770 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14771 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14772 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14773 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14774 } 14775 14776 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14777 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14778 // compatibility problems. 14779 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14780 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14781 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14782 } else { 14783 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14784 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14785 CheckForZeroSize = 14786 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14787 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14788 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14789 } 14790 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14791 bool ZeroSize = true; 14792 bool IsEmpty = true; 14793 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14794 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14795 E = Record->field_end(); 14796 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14797 IsEmpty = false; 14798 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14799 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14800 ZeroSize = false; 14801 } else { 14802 ++NonBitFields; 14803 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14804 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14805 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14806 ZeroSize = false; 14807 } 14808 } 14809 14810 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14811 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14812 // extern "C" block. 14813 if (ZeroSize) { 14814 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14815 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14816 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14817 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14818 } 14819 14820 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14821 // but are accepted by GCC. 14822 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14823 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14824 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14825 << Record->isUnion(); 14826 } 14827 } 14828 } else { 14829 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14830 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14831 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14832 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14833 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14834 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14835 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14836 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14837 } 14838 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14839 // duplicates. 14840 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14841 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14842 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14843 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14844 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14845 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14846 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14847 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14848 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14849 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14850 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14851 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14852 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14853 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14854 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14855 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14856 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14857 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14858 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14859 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14860 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14861 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14862 if (IDecl) { 14863 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14864 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14865 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14866 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14867 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14868 continue; 14869 } 14870 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14871 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14872 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14873 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14874 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14875 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14876 continue; 14877 } 14878 } 14879 } 14880 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14881 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14882 } 14883 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14884 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14885 } 14886 } 14887 14888 if (Attr) 14889 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14890 } 14891 14892 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14893 /// the given type T. 14894 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14895 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14896 QualType T) { 14897 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14898 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14899 14900 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14901 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14902 --BitWidth; 14903 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14904 } 14905 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14906 } 14907 14908 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14909 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14910 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14911 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14912 // enum checking below. 14913 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14914 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14915 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14916 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14917 }; 14918 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14919 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14920 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14921 }; 14922 14923 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14924 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14925 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14926 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14927 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14928 return Types[I]; 14929 14930 return QualType(); 14931 } 14932 14933 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14934 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14935 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14936 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14937 Expr *Val) { 14938 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14939 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14940 QualType EltTy; 14941 14942 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14943 Val = nullptr; 14944 14945 if (Val) 14946 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14947 14948 if (Val) { 14949 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14950 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14951 else { 14952 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14953 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14954 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14955 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14956 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14957 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14958 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14959 ExprResult Converted = 14960 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14961 CCEK_Enumerator); 14962 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14963 Val = nullptr; 14964 else 14965 Val = Converted.get(); 14966 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14967 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14968 &EnumVal).get())) { 14969 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14970 } else { 14971 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14972 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14973 14974 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14975 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14976 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14977 // expression checking. 14978 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14979 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14980 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14981 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14982 } else 14983 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14984 } else 14985 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14986 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14987 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14988 .get(); 14989 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14990 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14991 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14992 // is the type of its initializing value: 14993 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14994 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14995 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14996 } else { 14997 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14998 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14999 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 15000 // representable as an int. 15001 15002 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 15003 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 15004 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15005 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 15006 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 15007 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 15008 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 15009 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15010 } 15011 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15012 } 15013 } 15014 } 15015 } 15016 15017 if (!Val) { 15018 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 15019 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15020 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 15021 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15022 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15023 // is the type of its initializing value: 15024 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 15025 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 15026 // 15027 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 15028 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 15029 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15030 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15031 } 15032 else { 15033 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 15034 } 15035 } else { 15036 // Assign the last value + 1. 15037 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15038 ++EnumVal; 15039 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 15040 15041 // Check for overflow on increment. 15042 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 15043 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15044 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15045 // is the type of its initializing value: 15046 // 15047 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 15048 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 15049 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 15050 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 15051 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 15052 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 15053 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 15054 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 15055 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 15056 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 15057 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15058 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 15059 ++EnumVal; 15060 if (Enum->isFixed()) 15061 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 15062 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 15063 << EnumVal.toString(10) 15064 << EltTy; 15065 else 15066 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 15067 << EnumVal.toString(10); 15068 } else { 15069 EltTy = T; 15070 } 15071 15072 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 15073 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 15074 // value, then increment. 15075 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15076 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15077 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15078 ++EnumVal; 15079 15080 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 15081 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 15082 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 15083 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 15084 // integral type. 15085 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 15086 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 15087 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15088 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15089 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 15090 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15091 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 15092 } 15093 } 15094 } 15095 15096 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15097 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 15098 // enumerator's type. 15099 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15100 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15101 } 15102 15103 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 15104 Val, EnumVal); 15105 } 15106 15107 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 15108 SourceLocation IILoc) { 15109 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 15110 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15111 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15112 15113 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 15114 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 15115 // skip the body. 15116 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15117 ForRedeclaration); 15118 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 15119 if (!PrevECD) 15120 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15121 15122 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 15123 NamedDecl *Hidden; 15124 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 15125 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 15126 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 15127 return Skip; 15128 } 15129 15130 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15131 } 15132 15133 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 15134 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 15135 AttributeList *Attr, 15136 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 15137 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 15138 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 15139 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 15140 15141 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 15142 // we find one that is. 15143 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15144 15145 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 15146 // scope. 15147 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15148 ForRedeclaration); 15149 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15150 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15151 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 15152 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15153 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15154 } 15155 15156 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 15157 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 15158 // different from T: 15159 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 15160 // enumerated type 15161 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 15162 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 15163 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 15164 15165 EnumConstantDecl *New = 15166 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 15167 if (!New) 15168 return nullptr; 15169 15170 if (PrevDecl) { 15171 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 15172 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 15173 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 15174 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 15175 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 15176 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 15177 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15178 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 15179 else 15180 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 15181 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15182 return nullptr; 15183 } 15184 } 15185 15186 // Process attributes. 15187 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 15188 15189 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 15190 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 15191 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 15192 15193 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 15194 15195 return New; 15196 } 15197 15198 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 15199 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 15200 // Element2 = Element1 15201 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 15202 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 15203 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 15204 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 15205 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 15206 if (!InitExpr) 15207 return true; 15208 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 15209 15210 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 15211 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 15212 return true; 15213 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 15214 if (!IL) 15215 return true; 15216 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 15217 return true; 15218 15219 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 15220 } 15221 15222 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 15223 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 15224 if (!DRE) 15225 return true; 15226 15227 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 15228 if (!EnumConstant) 15229 return true; 15230 15231 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 15232 Enum) 15233 return true; 15234 15235 return false; 15236 } 15237 15238 namespace { 15239 struct DupKey { 15240 int64_t val; 15241 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 15242 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 15243 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 15244 }; 15245 15246 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 15247 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 15248 false); 15249 } 15250 15251 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 15252 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 15253 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 15254 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 15255 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 15256 } 15257 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 15258 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 15259 LHS.val == RHS.val; 15260 } 15261 }; 15262 } // end anonymous namespace 15263 15264 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 15265 // a previous element has already been set to. 15266 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15267 EnumDecl *Enum, 15268 QualType EnumType) { 15269 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 15270 return; 15271 // Avoid anonymous enums 15272 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 15273 return; 15274 15275 // Only check for small enums. 15276 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 15277 return; 15278 15279 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 15280 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 15281 15282 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 15283 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 15284 ValueToVectorMap; 15285 15286 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 15287 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 15288 15289 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 15290 // an initialier. 15291 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15292 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15293 15294 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 15295 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 15296 if (!ECD) { 15297 return; 15298 } 15299 15300 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 15301 continue; 15302 15303 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15304 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15305 15306 // First time encountering this value. 15307 if (Entry.isNull()) 15308 Entry = ECD; 15309 } 15310 15311 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 15312 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15313 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15314 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 15315 continue; 15316 15317 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15318 15319 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15320 if (Entry.isNull()) 15321 continue; 15322 15323 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 15324 // Ensure constants are different. 15325 if (D == ECD) 15326 continue; 15327 15328 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 15329 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 15330 Vec->push_back(D); 15331 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15332 15333 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 15334 Entry = Vec; 15335 15336 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 15337 // diagnostics. 15338 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 15339 continue; 15340 } 15341 15342 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 15343 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 15344 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 15345 continue; 15346 15347 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15348 } 15349 15350 // Emit diagnostics. 15351 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 15352 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 15353 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 15354 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 15355 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 15356 15357 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 15358 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 15359 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 15360 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15361 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15362 ++I; 15363 15364 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 15365 // the same value. 15366 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15367 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15368 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15369 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15370 delete Vec; 15371 } 15372 } 15373 15374 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15375 bool AllowMask) const { 15376 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 15377 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15378 15379 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15380 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15381 15382 if (R.second) { 15383 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15384 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15385 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15386 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15387 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15388 } 15389 } 15390 15391 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15392 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15393 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15394 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15395 // 15396 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15397 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15398 // likely a logic error. 15399 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15400 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15401 } 15402 15403 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15404 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15405 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15406 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15407 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15408 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15409 15410 if (Attr) 15411 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15412 15413 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15414 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15415 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15416 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15417 if (!ECD) continue; 15418 15419 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15420 } 15421 15422 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15423 return; 15424 } 15425 15426 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15427 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15428 // emit a warning. 15429 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15430 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15431 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15432 15433 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15434 // reverse the list. 15435 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15436 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15437 15438 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15439 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15440 15441 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15442 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15443 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15444 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15445 15446 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15447 15448 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15449 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15450 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15451 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15452 else 15453 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15454 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15455 15456 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15457 if (AllElementsInt) 15458 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15459 } 15460 15461 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15462 QualType BestType; 15463 unsigned BestWidth; 15464 15465 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15466 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15467 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15468 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15469 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15470 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15471 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15472 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15473 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15474 QualType BestPromotionType; 15475 15476 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15477 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15478 // enum definitions. 15479 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15480 Packed = true; 15481 15482 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15483 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15484 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15485 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15486 else 15487 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15488 15489 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15490 } 15491 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15492 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15493 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15494 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15495 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15496 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15497 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15498 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15499 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15500 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15501 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15502 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15503 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15504 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15505 } else { 15506 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15507 15508 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15509 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15510 } else { 15511 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15512 15513 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15514 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15515 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15516 } 15517 } 15518 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15519 } else { 15520 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15521 // all of the enumerator values. 15522 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15523 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15524 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15525 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15526 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15527 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15528 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15529 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15530 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15531 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15532 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15533 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15534 BestPromotionType 15535 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15536 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15537 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15538 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15539 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15540 BestPromotionType 15541 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15542 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15543 } else { 15544 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15545 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15546 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15547 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15548 BestPromotionType 15549 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15550 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15551 } 15552 } 15553 15554 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15555 // the type of the enum if needed. 15556 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15557 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15558 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15559 15560 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15561 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15562 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15563 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15564 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15565 15566 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15567 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15568 15569 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15570 // the enum decl type. 15571 QualType NewTy; 15572 unsigned NewWidth; 15573 bool NewSign; 15574 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15575 !Enum->isFixed() && 15576 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15577 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15578 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15579 NewSign = true; 15580 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15581 // Already the right type! 15582 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15583 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15584 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15585 // enumeration. 15586 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15587 continue; 15588 } else { 15589 NewTy = BestType; 15590 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15591 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15592 } 15593 15594 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15595 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15596 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15597 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15598 15599 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15600 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15601 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15602 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15603 CK_IntegralCast, 15604 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15605 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15606 VK_RValue)); 15607 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15608 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15609 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15610 // enumeration. 15611 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15612 else 15613 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15614 } 15615 15616 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15617 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15618 15619 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15620 15621 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 15622 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15623 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15624 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15625 15626 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15627 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15628 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15629 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15630 << ECD << Enum; 15631 } 15632 } 15633 15634 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15635 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15636 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15637 } 15638 15639 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15640 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15641 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15642 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15643 15644 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15645 AsmString, StartLoc, 15646 EndLoc); 15647 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15648 return New; 15649 } 15650 15651 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15652 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15653 bool FromInclude = false) { 15654 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15655 15656 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15657 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15658 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15659 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15660 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15661 break; 15662 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15663 break; 15664 } 15665 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15666 } 15667 15668 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15669 DC = DC->getParent(); 15670 15671 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15672 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15673 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15674 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15675 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15676 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15677 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15678 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15679 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15680 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15681 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 15682 } 15683 } 15684 15685 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 15686 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 15687 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15688 // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any 15689 // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a 15690 // module inteface (not a module map). 15691 auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule(); 15692 if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation 15693 ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None 15694 : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) { 15695 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 15696 << (unsigned)MDK; 15697 return nullptr; 15698 } 15699 15700 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it. 15701 15702 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 15703 // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current 15704 // module matters (eg a #include). 15705 15706 // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's 15707 // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character 15708 // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name. 15709 std::string ModuleName; 15710 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 15711 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 15712 ModuleName += "."; 15713 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 15714 } 15715 15716 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 15717 // correct. 15718 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 15719 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 15720 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 15721 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 15722 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15723 return nullptr; 15724 } 15725 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 15726 15727 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 15728 15729 switch (MDK) { 15730 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 15731 // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule. 15732 15733 // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module 15734 // map defining it already. 15735 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 15736 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 15737 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 15738 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 15739 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 15740 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 15741 << FE->getName(); 15742 return nullptr; 15743 } 15744 15745 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 15746 Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName); 15747 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 15748 15749 // Enter the semantic scope of the module. 15750 ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod); 15751 return nullptr; 15752 } 15753 15754 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 15755 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 15756 return nullptr; 15757 15758 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 15759 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 15760 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 15761 15762 DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc); 15763 if (Import.isInvalid()) 15764 return nullptr; 15765 return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get()); 15766 } 15767 15768 llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind"); 15769 } 15770 15771 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 15772 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15773 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15774 Module *Mod = 15775 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15776 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15777 if (!Mod) 15778 return true; 15779 15780 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15781 15782 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15783 15784 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15785 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15786 // silently ignoring the import. 15787 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 15788 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 15789 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 15790 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 15791 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 15792 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15793 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15794 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15795 15796 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15797 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15798 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15799 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15800 // We need the length to be consistent. 15801 if (!ModCheck) 15802 break; 15803 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15804 15805 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15806 } 15807 15808 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15809 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 15810 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15811 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15812 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 15813 TU->addDecl(Import); 15814 return Import; 15815 } 15816 15817 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15818 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15819 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15820 } 15821 15822 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15823 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15824 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15825 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15826 // 15827 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15828 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15829 TUKind == TU_Module && 15830 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15831 15832 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 15833 15834 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15835 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15836 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15837 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15838 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15839 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15840 DirectiveLoc); 15841 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15842 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 15843 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15844 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15845 } 15846 15847 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15848 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15849 } 15850 15851 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15852 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15853 15854 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 15855 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 15856 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15857 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 15858 15859 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15860 } 15861 15862 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) { 15863 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15864 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 15865 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15866 // is now out of date. 15867 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15868 } 15869 15870 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 15871 "left the wrong module scope"); 15872 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 15873 15874 // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an 15875 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 15876 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc); 15877 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 15878 "end of submodule in main source file"); 15879 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 15880 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15881 } 15882 15883 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15884 Module *Mod) { 15885 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15886 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15887 return; 15888 15889 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15890 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15891 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15892 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15893 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15894 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15895 15896 // Make the module visible. 15897 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15898 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15899 } 15900 15901 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 15902 /// (if present). 15903 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 15904 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15905 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 15906 15907 // C++ Modules TS draft: 15908 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 15909 // export keyword. 15910 // 15911 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 15912 // export-declaration. 15913 if (D->isExported()) 15914 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 15915 15916 CurContext->addDecl(D); 15917 PushDeclContext(S, D); 15918 return D; 15919 } 15920 15921 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 15922 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 15923 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 15924 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 15925 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 15926 15927 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 15928 // anonymous namespace). 15929 15930 PopDeclContext(); 15931 return D; 15932 } 15933 15934 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15935 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15936 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15937 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15938 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15939 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15940 LookupOrdinaryName); 15941 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15942 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15943 15944 // If a declaration that: 15945 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15946 // 2) has external linkage 15947 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15948 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15949 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15950 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15951 else 15952 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15953 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15954 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15955 } else 15956 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15957 } 15958 15959 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15960 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15961 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15962 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15963 15964 if (PrevDecl) { 15965 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15966 } else { 15967 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15968 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15969 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15970 } 15971 } 15972 15973 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15974 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15975 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15976 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15977 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15978 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15979 LookupOrdinaryName); 15980 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15981 15982 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15983 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15984 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15985 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15986 } else { 15987 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15988 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15989 } 15990 } 15991 15992 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15993 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15994 } 15995